Use of a polysaccharide ester in a laundry detergent composition

Abstract

This invention related to the use of a polysaccharide ester in a laundry detergent composition to prevent dye transfer during a laundering process.

Description

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

[0001] The present invention relates to the use of certain polysaccharide ester in a laundry composition to prevent dye transfer during a laundering process.BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

[0002] Dye transfer can be a problem when consumers laundering dark-coloured items together with light-coloured or white items. The dye transfer problem may be mitigated certain dye transfer inhibition technologies, such technologies are typically designed to reduce dye bleeding from coloured items, and / or keep dye (come from the bleeding of coloured item) suspended in washing solution and not redeposit back to other items, especially the light-coloured or white items. However, real consumer laundry processes are more complex: the dark-coloured and light-coloured items may themselves contain soil, and / or may be washed together with items that contain soil. Therefore, there is a need for new technologies that can effectively prevent dye transfer in the presence of soil.

[0003] The inventors found that certain polysaccharide esters prevent dye transfer during laundering process in the presence of soil when incorporated into a laundry detergent composition that additionally comprises a detersive surfactant.SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

[0004] The present invention relates to the use of a polysaccharide ester in a laundry detergent composition to prevent dye transfer during a laundering process, wherein the polysaccharide ester: (a) comprises a polysaccharide backbone; (b) comprises one or more ester group attached to the polysaccharide backbone; (c) has a degree of polymerization (DPn) in the range of from 5 to 1400; and (d) has a degree of substitution of ester groups in the range of from 0.001 to 1.50, wherein the laundry detergent composition additionally comprises a detersive surfactant. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTIONLaundry detergent composition

[0005] Laundry detergent composition of this invention can be in any form useful for washing clothes or other things made of cloth. Suitable laundry detergent compositions include laundry detergent powder compositions, laundry beads, laundry detergent liquid compositions, laundry detergent gel compositions, laundry sheets, and water-soluble unit dose laundry detergent compositions. The laundry detergent can be introduced into laundering process at different stages, including pretreat stage, main wash stage, and / or rinse stage. More details on representative laundry detergent compositions can be found later in this description.Polysaccharide ester

[0006] The polysaccharide ester: (a) comprises a polysaccharide backbone; (b) comprises one or more ester group attached to the polysaccharide backbone; (c) has a degree of polymerization (DPn) in the range of from 5 to 1400; and (d) has a degree of substitution of ester groups in the range of from 0.001 to 1.50, wherein the laundry composition additionally comprises a detersive surfactant.

[0007] The polysaccharide backbone can be any polysaccharide that derived from renewable resources, like plants, animals, and microorganisms, or from any known polysaccharide synthesis processes.

[0008] Preferably, the polysaccharide backbone comprises cellulose, starch, guar, dextran, polyglucan, chitin, curdlan, xylose, Inulin, pullulan, locust bean gum, cassia gum, tamarind gum (xyloglucan), xanthan gum, amylose, amylopectin, scleroglucan and mixtures thereof.

[0009] More preferably, the polysaccharide backbone comprises alpha-1,6-, alpha-1,2-, and / or alpha-1,3-glycosidic linkages, and has a degree of polymerization (DPn) in the range of from 5 to 1400, preferably from 8 to 1000, more preferably from 15 to 800, more preferably from 20 to 700, more preferably from 30 to 600. Typical DPn value can be 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, and any numbers in between.

[0010] In one embodiment, the polysaccharide backbone comprises 50% or more, preferably 60% or more, more preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, most preferably 90% or more, of the glucose monomer units linked via alpha-1,6-glycosidic linkages; and from 0 to 50%, preferably from 0 to 40%, more preferably from 1 to 30%, more preferably from 2 to 20%, most preferably from 3 to 10% glucose units of the polysaccharide backbone linked via alpha-1,2- and / or alpha-1,3-glycosidic linkages. Preferably, at least 5% of glucose units of the polysaccharide backbone contains branches via alpha-1,2- and / or alpha-1,3-glycosidic linkages. More preferably, at least 5% of glucose units of the polysaccharide backbone contains branches via alpha-1,2-glycosidic linkages.

[0011] In another embodiment, the polysaccharide backbone is a poly alpha-1,3-glucan comprises less than about 20%, 10%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, or 0% (or any integer value between 0% and 20%) of glycosidic linkages that are not alpha-1,3-glycosidic linkages.

[0012] The one or more ester group attached to the polysaccharide backbone is selected from an aryl ester group, an acyl group, and any combination thereof.

[0013] Typically, the aryl ester group comprises a benzoyl group, a benzoyl group substituted with at least one halogen, alkyl, halogenated alkyl, ether, cyano, carboxyl, amino, or aldehyde group, a 2-furoyl group, or a combination thereof. Preferably, the aryl ester group comprises a benzoyl group, a 2-furoyl group. More preferably, the aryl ester group is a benzoyl group.

[0014] Typically, the acyl group has a structural of (X), wherein R is a linear or branched C 1 to C 24 alkyl group, a linear or branched C 1 to C 24 alkenyl group, a C 1 to C 24 alkyl group substituted with at least one halogen, aryl, ether, cyano, carboxyl, amino, or aldehyde group, a C 1 to C 24 alkenyl group substituted with at least one halogen, aryl, ether, cyano, carboxyl, amino, or aldehyde group, or any combination thereof.

[0015] Preferably, wherein R is a linear or branched C 1 to C 24 alkyl group, a C 1 to C 24 alkyl group substituted with at least one halogen, aryl, ether, cyano, carboxyl, amino, or aldehyde group, or any combination thereof. More preferably, the R is a linear or branched C 1 to C 24 alkyl group. More preferably, R is selected from -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , -CH(CH 3 ) 2 . Most preferably, R is -CH 3 .

[0016] In one preferred embodiment, the polyglucan ester comprises an aryl ester group and an acyl group. More preferably, the aryl ester group comprises a benzoyl group, and the acyl group has a structural of (X), wherein R is selected from -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , -CH(CH 3 ) 2 , more preferably R is -CH 3 .

[0017] The degree of substitution of ester groups is from 0.01 to 1.50, preferably from 0.02 to 1.00, more preferably from 0.10 to 0.80, more preferably from 0.20 to 0.75, such as 0.30, 0.40, 0.50, 0.60, 0.70. Herein, the degree of substitution of ester groups includes all types of ester groups attached to the polysaccharide backbone.

[0018] If more than one type of ester group exists in the polysaccharide ester, it is understood that any ratios are possible. For example, when the polyglucan ester comprises an aryl ester group and an acyl group, the molar ratio between the aryl ester group and the acyl group is between 100:0 to 0:100, such as 95:5, 90:10, 80:20, 70:30, 60:40, 50:50, 40:60, 30:70, 20:80, 10:90, 5:95. The type and the ratio between the ester groups can be adjusted to optimize the solubility and performance of the polysaccharide ester.

[0019] In addition to the ester groups described above, the polysaccharide ester may further comprise other functional groups linked to the polysaccharide backbone via ether, carbamate, carbonate ester, sulfonate ester linkages. If exist, it is preferred that the total degree of substitution for other functional groups linked to the polysaccharide backbone via ether, carbamate, carbonate ester, sulfonate ester linkages is less than 1.00, more preferably less than 0.80, more preferably less than 0.40, more preferably less than 0.20, even more preferably less than 0.10. It is more preferably that the polysaccharide ester does not comprise other functional groups linked to the polysaccharide backbone via ether, carbamate, carbonate ester, sulfonate ester linkages.

[0020] Depending on reaction conditions and the specific substituent used to derivatize the polysaccharide, the glucose monomers of the polymer backbone may be disproportionately substituted relative to the glucose monomers of any branches, including branches via alpha-1,2 and / or alpha-1,3 linkages, if present. In one embodiment, the glucose monomers of the branches, including branches via alpha-1,2 and / or alpha-1,3 linkages, if present, may be disproportionately substituted relative to the glucose monomers of the polymer backbone. In some embodiments, depending on reaction conditions and the specific substituent used, substitution may occur in a block manner or random manner.

[0021] The polysaccharide ester can be biodegradable or non-biodegradable. Preferably, the polysaccharide ester is biodegradable.

[0022] Suitable polysaccharide esters are alpha 1,3-polyglucans and / or 1,6-polyglucans esters. The polyglucan esters which described in WO2021252562, WO2021252559, WO2021252575, WO2021252563 are especially preferred due to their cleaning performance and biodegradability profiles.

[0023] Depending on reaction conditions, degree of polymerization (DPn) for the backbone may reduce so that the DPn of polysaccharide backbone of the polysaccharide ester (after adding ester function group) is lower than the DPn of the polysaccharide backbone starting materials (before adding ester functional group). The DPn reduction is typically less than 80%, preferably less than 70%, 60% 50%, 40%, 30% or 20%, more preferably less than 10% vs the polysaccharide starting material. The DPn of polysaccharide backbone of the polysaccharide ester (after adding ester function group) in the range of from 5 to 1400, preferably from 8 to 1000, more preferably from 15 to 800, more preferably from 20 to 700, more preferably from 30 to 600. Typical DPn value can be 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, and numbers in between.Detersive surfactant

[0024] The laundry detergent composition of this invention comprises a detersive surfactant. Typically, the composition comprises, by weight of the composition, from about 1% to about 70% of detersive surfactant, preferably from about 2% to about 60%, more preferably from about 5% to about 30%. The detersive surfactant is selected from anionic surfactants, non-ionic surfactant, cationic surfactants, zwitterionic surfactants and amphoteric surfactants and mixtures thereof. Those of ordinary skill in the art will understand that a detersive surfactant encompasses any surfactant or mixture of surfactants that provide cleaning, stain removing, or laundering benefit to soiled material. Suitable surfactants may be linear or branched, substituted or un-substituted, and may be derived from petrochemical material or biomaterial.Anionic surfactant:

[0025] Anionic surfactants include, but are not limited to, those surface-active compounds that contain an organic hydrophobic group containing generally 8 to 22 carbon atoms or generally 8 to 18 carbon atoms in their molecular structure and at least one water-solubilizing group preferably selected from sulfonate, sulfate, and carboxylate so as to form a water-soluble compound. Usually, the hydrophobic group will comprise a C 8 -C 22 alkyl, or acyl group. Such surfactants are employed in the form of water-soluble salts and the salt-forming cation usually is selected from sodium, potassium, ammonium, magnesium and alkanolamines, with the sodium cation being the usual one chosen.

[0026] Anionic surfactants of the present invention and adjunct anionic cosurfactants, may exist in an acid form, and said acid form may be neutralized to form a surfactant salt which is desirable for use in the present detergent compositions. Typical agents for neutralization include the metal counterion base such as hydroxides, e.g., NaOH or KOH. Further preferred agents for neutralizing anionic surfactants of the present invention and adjunct anionic surfactants or cosurfactants in their acid forms include ammonia, amines, oligamines, or alkanolamines. Alkanolamines are preferred. Suitable non-limiting examples including monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, and other linear or branched alkanolamines known in the art; for example, highly preferred alkanolamines include 2-amino-1-propanol, 1-aminopropanol, monoisopropanolamine, or 1-amino-3-propanol. Amine neutralization may be done to a full or partial extent, e.g. part of the anionic surfactant mix may be neutralized with sodium or potassium and part of the anionic surfactant mix may be neutralized with amines or alkanolamines.

[0027] Suitable sulphonate surfactants include methyl ester sulphonates, alpha olefin sulphonates, alkyl benzene sulphonates, especially alkyl benzene sulphonates, preferably C 10- C 13 alkyl benzene sulphonate. Suitable alkyl benzene sulphonate (LAS) is obtainable, preferably obtained, by sulphonating commercially available linear alkyl benzene (LAB). Suitable LAB includes low 2-phenyl LAB, such as those supplied by Sasol under the tradename Isochem ®< or those supplied by Petresa under the tradename Petrelab ®< , other suitable LAB include high 2-phenyl LAB, such as those supplied by Sasol under the tradename Hyblene ®< . A suitable anionic surfactant is alkyl benzene sulphonate obtained by DETAL catalyzed process, although other synthesis routes, such as HF, may also be suitable. In one aspect a magnesium salt of LAS is used. Preferably, the composition may contain from about 0.5% to about 30%, by weight of the laundry composition, of an HLAS surfactant selected from alkyl benzene sulfonic acids, alkali metal or amine salts of C 10 -C 16 alkyl benzene sulfonic acids, wherein the HLAS surfactant comprises greater than 50% C 12 , preferably greater than 60%, preferably greater than 70% C 12 , more preferably greater than 75%.

[0028] Suitable sulphate surfactants include alkyl sulphate, preferably C 8-18 alkyl sulphate, or predominantly C 12 alkyl sulphate. A preferred sulphate surfactant is alkyl alkoxylated sulphate, preferably alkyl ethoxylated sulphate, preferably a C 8 -C 18 alkyl alkoxylated sulphate, preferably a C 8 -C 18 alkyl ethoxylated sulphate, preferably the alkyl alkoxylated sulphate has an average degree of alkoxylation of from 0.5 to 20, preferably from 0.5 to 10, preferably the alkyl alkoxylated sulphate is a C 8 -C 18 alkyl ethoxylated sulphate having an average degree of ethoxylation of from 0.5 to 10, preferably from 0.5 to 5, more preferably from 0.5 to 3 or from about 1.5 to 3 or from about 1.8 to 2.5. The alkyl alkoxylated sulfate may have a broad alkoxy distribution or a peaked alkoxy distribution. The alkyl portion of the AES may include, on average, from 13.7 to about 16 or from 13.9 to 14.6 carbons atoms. At least about 50% or at least about 60% of the AES molecule may include having an alkyl portion having 14 or more carbon atoms, preferable from 14 to 18, or from 14 to 17, or from 14 to 16, or from 14 to 15 carbon atoms.

[0029] The alkyl sulphate, alkyl alkoxylated sulphate and alkyl benzene sulphonates may be linear or branched, including 2 alkyl substituted or mid chain branched type, substituted or un-substituted, and may be derived from petrochemical material or biomaterial. Preferably, the branching group is an alkyl. Typically, the alkyl is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, cyclic alkyl groups and mixtures thereof. Single or multiple alkyl branches could be present on the main hydrocarbyl chain of the starting alcohol(s) used to produce the sulfated anionic surfactant used in the detergent of the invention. Most preferably the branched sulfated anionic surfactant is selected from alkyl sulfates, alkyl ethoxy sulfates, and mixtures thereof.

[0030] Alkyl sulfates and alkyl alkoxy sulfates are commercially available with a variety of chain lengths, ethoxylation and branching degrees. Commercially available sulfates include those based on Neodol alcohols ex the Shell company, Lial - Isalchem and Safol ex the Sasol company, natural alcohols ex The Procter & Gamble Chemicals company.

[0031] Other suitable anionic surfactants include alkyl ether carboxylates, comprising a C 10 -C 26 linear or branched, preferably C 10 -C 20 linear, most preferably C 16 -C 18 linear alkyl alcohol and from 2 to 20, preferably 7 to 13, more preferably 8 to 12, most preferably 9.5 to 10.5 ethoxylates. The acid form or salt form, such as sodium or ammonium salt, may be used, and the alkyl chain may contain one cis or trans double bond. Alkyl ether carboxylic acids are available from Kao (Akypo ®< ), Huntsman (Empicol ®< ) and Clariant (Emulsogen ®< ).

[0032] Other suitable anionic surfactants are rhamnolipids. The rhamnolipids may have a single rhamnose sugar ring or two rhamnose sugar rings.Non-ionic surfactant:

[0033] Suitable non-ionic surfactants are selected from the group consisting of: C 8 -C 18 alkyl ethoxylates, such as, NEODOL ®< non-ionic surfactants from Shell; C 6 -C 12 alkyl phenol alkoxylates wherein preferably the alkoxylate units are ethyleneoxy units, propyleneoxy units or a mixture thereof; C 12 -C 18 alcohol and C 6 -C 12 alkyl phenol condensates with ethylene oxide / propylene oxide block polymers such as Pluronic ®< from BASF; alkylpolysaccharides, preferably alkylpolyglycosides; methyl ester ethoxylates; polyhydroxy fatty acid amides; ether capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants; and mixtures thereof.

[0034] Preferred non-ionic surfactants are alkylpolyglucoside and / or an alkyl alkoxylated alcohol. Suitable alkyl alkoxylated alcohols include C 8 -C 18 alkyl alkoxylated alcohol, preferably a C 10 -C 14 alkyl ethoxylated alcohol, preferably the alkyl alkoxylated alcohol has an average degree of alkoxylation of from 1 to 50, preferably from 1 to 30, or from 1 to 20, or from 1 to 10, preferably the alkyl alkoxylated alcohol is a C 8 -C 18 alkyl ethoxylated alcohol having an average degree of ethoxylation of from 1 to 10, preferably from 1 to 7, more preferably from 1 to 5 and most preferably from 3 to 7. In one aspect, the alkyl alkoxylated alcohol is a C 12- C 15 alkyl ethoxylated alcohol having an average degree of ethoxylation of from 7 to 10. The alkyl alkoxylated alcohol can be linear or branched, and substituted or un-substituted. Suitable nonionic surfactants include those with the trade name Lutensol ®< from BASF. The alkyl alkoxylated alcohol may have a broad alkoxy distribution for example Alfonic 1214-9 Ethoxylate or a peaked alkoxy distribution for example Novel 1214-9, both commercially available from Sasol.Cationic surfactant:

[0035] Suitable cationic surfactants include alkyl pyridinium compounds, alkyl quaternary ammonium compounds, alkyl quaternary phosphonium compounds, alkyl ternary sulphonium compounds, and mixtures thereof.

[0036] Preferred cationic surfactants are quaternary ammonium compounds having the general formula:         (R)(R 1 )(R 2 )(R 3 )N +< X wherein, R is a linear or branched, substituted or unsubstituted C 6-18 alkyl or alkenyl moiety, R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from methyl or ethyl moieties, R 3 is a hydroxyl, hydroxymethyl or a hydroxyethyl moiety, X is an anion which provides charge neutrality, preferred anions include: halides, preferably chloride; sulphate; and sulphonate.

[0037] The laundry detergent compositions of the present invention may contain up to about 30%, preferably from 0.01% to 20%, more preferably from 0.1% to 10%, more preferably from 0.2% to 5%, most preferably from 0.3 to 2.5%, by weight of the composition, of a cationic surfactant.

[0038] For the purposes of the present invention, cationic surfactants include those which can deliver fabric care benefits. Non-limiting examples of useful cationic surfactants include: fatty amines, imidazoline quat materials and quaternary ammonium surfactants, preferably N, N-bis(stearoyl-oxy-ethyl) N,N-dimethyl ammonium chloride, N,N-bis(tallowoyl-oxy-ethyl) N,N-dimethyl ammonium chloride, N,N-bis(stearoyl-oxy-ethyl) N-(2 hydroxyethyl) N-methyl ammonium methyl sulfate; 1, 2 di (stearoyl-oxy) 3 trimethyl ammoniumpropane chloride; dialkylenedimethylammonium salts such as dicanoladimethylammonium chloride, di(hard)tallowdimethylammonium chloride dicanoladimethylammonium methyl sulfate; 1-methyl-1-stearoylamidoethyl-2-stearoylimidazolinium methyl sulfate; 1-tallowylamidoethyl-2-tallowylimidazoline; N,N"-dialkyldiethylenetriamine ;the reaction product of N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1,2-ethylenediamine or N-(2-hydroxyisopropyl)-1,2-ethylenediamine with glycolic acid, esterified with fatty acid, where the fatty acid is (hydrogenated) tallow fatty acid, palm fatty acid, hydrogenated palm fatty acid, oleic acid, rapeseed fatty acid, hydrogenated rapeseed fatty acid; polyglycerol esters (PGEs), oily sugar derivatives, and wax emulsions and a mixture of the above.Amphoteric and Zwitterionic surfactant:

[0039] Suitable amphoteric or zwitterionic surfactants include amine oxides, and / or betaines. Preferred amine oxides are alkyl dimethyl amine oxide or alkyl amido propyl dimethyl amine oxide, more preferably alkyl dimethyl amine oxide and especially coco dimethyl amino oxide. Amine oxide may have a linear or mid-branched alkyl moiety. Typical linear amine oxides include water-soluble amine oxides containing one R 1 C 8 -C 18 alkyl moiety and 2 R 2 and R 3 moieties selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 3 alkyl groups and C 1 -C 3 hydroxyalkyl groups. Preferably amine oxide is characterized by the formula R 1< - N(R 2< )(R 3< ) O wherein R 1< is a C 8 -C 18 alkyl and R 2< and R 3< are selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, 2-hydroxethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl and 3-hydroxypropyl. The linear amine oxide surfactants in particular may include linear C 10 -C 18 alkyl dimethyl amine oxides and linear C 8 -C 12 alkoxy ethyl dihydroxy ethyl amine oxides.

[0040] Other suitable surfactants include betaines, such as alkyl betaines, alkylamidobetaine, amidazoliniumbetaine, sulfobetaine (INCI Sultaines) as well as Phosphobetaines.Other Cleaning Additives

[0041] The compositions of the invention may also contain other cleaning additives. Suitable other cleaning additives include the following:Enzymes.

[0042] Preferably the composition comprises one or more enzymes. Preferred enzymes provide cleaning performance and / or fabric care benefits. Examples of suitable enzymes include, but are not limited to, hemicellulases, peroxidases, proteases, cellulases, xylanases, lipases, phospholipases, esterases, cutinases, pectinases, mannanases, galactanases, pectate lyases, keratinases, reductases, oxidases, phenoloxidases, lipoxygenases, ligninases, pullulanases, tannases, pentosanases, malanases, β-glucanases, arabinosidases, hyaluronidase, chondroitinase, laccase, and amylases, or mixtures thereof. A typical combination is an enzyme cocktail that may comprise, for example, a protease and lipase in conjunction with amylase. When present in the composition, the aforementioned additional enzymes may be present at levels from about 0.00001% to about 2%, from about 0.0001% to about 1% or even from about 0.001% to about 0.5% enzyme protein by weight of the composition.Proteases.

[0043] Preferably the composition comprises one or more proteases. Suitable proteases include metalloproteases and serine proteases, including neutral or alkaline microbial serine proteases, such as subtilisins (EC 3.4.21.62). Suitable proteases include those of animal, vegetable or microbial origin. In one aspect, such suitable protease may be of microbial origin. The suitable proteases include chemically or genetically modified mutants of the aforementioned suitable proteases. In one aspect, the suitable protease may be a serine protease, such as an alkaline microbial protease or / and a trypsin-type protease. Examples of suitable neutral or alkaline proteases include: (a) subtilisins (EC 3.4.21.62), especially those derived from Bacillus, such as Bacillus sp., Bacillus sp., B. lentus, B. alkalophilus, B. subtilis, B. amyloliquefaciens, B. gibsonii, B. akibaii, B. clausii and B. clarkii described in WO2004067737, WO2015091989, WO2015091990, WO2015024739, WO2015143360, US6,312,936B1, US5,679,630, US4,760,025, DE102006022216A1, DE102006022224A1, WO2015089447, WO2015089441, WO2016066756, WO2016066757, WO2016069557, WO2016069563, WO2016069569, WO2017 / 089093, WO2020 / 156419. (b) trypsin-type or chymotrypsin-type proteases, such as trypsin (e.g., of porcine or bovine origin), including the Fusarium protease described in WO 89 / 06270 and the chymotrypsin proteases derived from Cellumonas described in WO 05 / 052161 and WO 05 / 052146. (c) metalloproteases, especially those derived from Bacillus amyloliquefaciens decribed in WO07 / 044993A2; from Bacillus, Brevibacillus, Thermoactinomyces, Geobacillus, Paenibacillus, Lysinibacillus or Streptomyces spp. Described in WO2014194032, WO2014194054 and WO2014194117; from Kribella alluminosa described in WO2015193488; and from Streptomyces and Lysobacter described in WO2016075078. (d) Protease having at least 90% identity to the subtilase from Bacillus sp. TY145, NCIMB 40339, described in WO92 / 17577 (Novozymes A / S), including the variants of this Bacillus sp TY145 subtilase described in WO2015024739, and WO2016066757.

[0044] Suitable commercially available protease enzymes include those sold under the trade names Alcalase ®< , Savinase ®< , Primase ®< , Durazym ®< , Polarzyme ®< , Kannase ®< , Liquanase ®< , Liquanase Ultra ®< , Savinase Ultra ®< , Liquanase ®< Evity ®< , Savinase ®< Evity ®< , Ovozyme ®< , Neutrase ®< , Everlase ®< , Coronase ®< , Blaze ®< , Blaze Ultra ®< , Blaze ®< Evity ®< , Blaze ®< Exceed, Blaze ®< Pro, Esperase ®< , Progress ®< Uno, Progress ®< Excel, Progress ®< Key, Ronozyme ®< , Vinzon ®< and Het Ultra ®< by Novozymes A / S (Denmark); those sold under the tradename Maxatase ®< , Maxacal ®< , Maxapem ®< , Properase ®< , Purafect ®< , Purafect Prime ®< , Purafect Ox ®< , FN3 ®< , FN4 ®< , Excellase ®< , Ultimase ®< and Purafect OXP ®< by Dupont; those sold under the tradename Opticlean ®< and Optimase ®< by Solvay Enzymes; and those available from Henkel / Kemira, namely BLAP (sequence shown in Figure29 of US 5,352,604 with the following mutations S99D + S101 R + S103A + V104I + G159S, hereinafter referred to as BLAP), BLAP R (BLAP with S3T + V4I + V199M + V205I + L217D), BLAP X (BLAP with S3T + V4I + V205I) and BLAP F49 (BLAP with S3T + V4I + A194P + V199M + V205I + L217D); and KAP (Bacillus alkalophilus subtilisin with mutations A230V + S256G + S259N) from Kao and Lavergy ®< , Lavergy ®< Pro, Lavergy ®< C Bright from BASF.Amylases.

[0045] Preferably the composition may comprise an amylase. Suitable alpha-amylases include those of bacterial or fungal origin. Chemically or genetically modified mutants (variants) are included. A preferred alkaline alpha-amylase is derived from a strain of Bacillus, such as Bacillus licheniformis, Bacillus amyloliquefaciens, Bacillus stearothermophilus, Bacillus subtilis, or other Bacillus sp., such as Bacillus sp. NCIB 12289, NCIB 12512, NCIB 12513, DSM 9375 (USP 7,153,818) DSM 12368, DSMZ no. 12649, KSM AP1378 (WO 97 / 00324), KSM K36 or KSM K38 (EP 1,022,334). Preferred amylases include: (a) variants described in WO 94 / 02597, WO 94 / 18314, WO96 / 23874 and WO 97 / 43424, especially the variants with substitutions in one or more of the following positions versus the enzyme listed as SEQ ID No. 2 in WO 96 / 23874: 15, 23, 105, 106, 124, 128, 133, 154, 156, 181 , 188, 190, 197, 202, 208, 209, 243, 264, 304, 305, 391, 408, and 444. (b) variants described in USP 5,856,164 and WO99 / 23211, WO 96 / 23873, WO00 / 60060 and WO 06 / 002643, especially the variants with one or more substitutions in the following positions versus the AA560 enzyme listed as SEQ ID No. 12 in WO 06 / 002643: 26, 30, 33, 82, 37, 106, 118, 128, 133, 149, 150, 160, 178, 182, 186, 193, 203, 214, 231, 256, 257, 258, 269, 270, 272, 283, 295, 296, 298, 299, 303, 304, 305, 311, 314, 315, 318, 319, 339, 345, 361, 378, 383, 419, 421, 437, 441, 444, 445, 446, 447, 450, 461, 471, 482, 484, preferably that also contain the deletions of D183* and G184*. (c) variants exhibiting at least 90% identity with SEQ ID No. 4 in WO06 / 002643, the wild-type enzyme from Bacillus SP722, especially variants with deletions in the 183 and 184 positions and variants described in WO 00 / 60060, which is incorporated herein by reference. (d) variants exhibiting at least 95% identity with the wild-type enzyme from Bacillus sp.707 (SEQ ID NO:7 in US 6,093, 562), especially those comprising one or more of the following mutations M202, M208, S255, R172, and / or M261. Preferably said amylase comprises one or more of M202L, M202V, M202S, M202T, M202I, M202Q, M202W, S255N and / or R172Q. Particularly preferred are those comprising the M202L or M202T mutations. (e) variants described in WO 09 / 149130, preferably those exhibiting at least 90% identity with SEQ ID NO: 1 or SEQ ID NO: 2 in WO 09 / 149130, the wild-type enzyme from Geobacillus Stearophermophilus or a truncated version thereof. (f) variants exhibiting at least 89% identity with SEQ ID NO:1 in WO2016091688, especially those comprising deletions at positions H183+G184 and additionally one or more mutations at positions 405, 421, 422 and / or 428. (g) variants exhibiting at least 60% amino acid sequence identity with the "PcuAmyl α-amylase" from Paenibacillus curdlanolyticus YK9 (SEQ ID NO:3 in WO2014099523). (h) variants exhibiting at least 60% amino acid sequence identity with the "CspAmy2 amylase" from Cytophaga sp. (SEQ ID NO:1 in WO2014164777). (i) variants exhibiting at least 85% identity with AmyE from Bacillus subtilis (SEQ ID NO:1 in WO2009149271). (j) Variants exhibiting at least 90% identity variant with the wild-type amylase from Bacillus sp. KSM-K38 with accession number AB051102.

[0046] Suitable commercially available alpha-amylases include DURAMYL ®< , LIQUEZYME ®< , TERMAMYL ®< , TERMAMYL ULTRA ®< , NATALASE ®< , SUPRAMYL ®< , STAINZYME ®< , STAINZYME PLUS ®< , FUNGAMYL ®< and BAN ®< (Novozymes A / S, Bagsvaerd, Denmark), KEMZYM ®< AT 9000 Biozym Biotech Trading GmbH Wehlistrasse 27b A-1200 Wien Austria, RAPIDASE ®< , PURASTAR ®< , ENZYSIZE ®< , OPTISIZE HT PLUS ®< , POWERASE ®< and PURASTAR OXAM ®< (Genencor International Inc., Palo Alto, California) and KAM ®< (Kao, 14-10 Nihonbashi Kayabacho, 1-chome, Chuo-ku Tokyo 103-8210, Japan). In one aspect, suitable amylases include NATALASE ®< , STAINZYME ®< and STAINZYME PLUS ®< and mixtures thereof.Lipases.

[0047] Preferably the composition comprises one or more lipases, including "first cycle lipases" such as those described in U.S. Patent 6,939,702 B1 and US PA 2009 / 0217464. Preferred lipases are first-wash lipases. In one embodiment of the invention the composition comprises a first wash lipase.

[0048] First wash lipases includes a lipase which is a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence which: (a) has at least 90% identity with the wild-type lipase derived from Humicola lanuginosa strain DSM 4109; (b) compared to said wild-type lipase, comprises a substitution of an electrically neutral or negatively charged amino acid at the surface of the three-dimensional structure within 15A of E1 or Q249 with a positively charged amino acid; and (c) comprises a peptide addition at the C-terminal; and / or (d) comprises a peptide addition at the N-terminal and / or (e) meets the following limitations: i) comprises a negative amino acid in position E210 of said wild-type lipase; ii) comprises a negatively charged amino acid in the region corresponding to positions 90-101 of said wild-type lipase; and iii) comprises a neutral or negative amino acid at a position corresponding to N94 or said wild-type lipase and / or has a negative or neutral net electric charge in the region corresponding to positions 90-101 of said wild-type lipase.

[0049] Preferred are variants of the wild-type lipase from Thermomyces lanuginosus comprising one or more of the T231R and N233R mutations. The wild-type sequence is the 269 amino acids (amino acids 23 - 291) of the Swissprot accession number Swiss-Prot O59952 (derived from Thermomyces lanuginosus (Humicola lanuginosa)). Other suitable lipases include: Liprl 139, e.g. as described in WO2013 / 171241; TfuLip2, e.g. as described in WO2011 / 084412 and WO2013 / 033318; Pseudomonas stutzeri lipase, e.g. as described in WO2018228880; Microbulbifer thermotolerans lipase, e.g. as described in WO2018228881; Sulfobacillus acidocaldarius lipase, e.g. as described in EP3299457; LIP062 lipase e.g. as described in WO2018209026; PinLip lipase e.g. as described in WO2017036901 and Absidia sp. lipase e.g. as described in WO2017005798.

[0050] Preferred lipases would include those sold under the tradenames Lipex ®< and Lipolex ®< and Lipoclean ®< .Cellulases.

[0051] Suitable enzymes include cellulases of bacterial or fungal origin. Chemically modified or protein engineered mutants are included. Suitable cellulases include cellulases from the genera Bacillus, Pseudomonas, Humicola, Fusarium, Thielavia, Acremonium, e.g., the fungal cellulases produced from Humicola insolens, Myceliophthora thermophila and Fusarium oxysporum disclosed in US 4,435,307, US 5,648,263 , US 5,691,178, US 5,776,757 and US 5,691,178. Suitable cellulases include the alkaline or neutral cellulases having colour care benefits. Commercially available cellulases include CELLUZYME ®< , CAREZYME ®< and CAREZYME PREMIUM (Novozymes A / S), CLAZINASE ®< , and PURADAX HA ®< (Genencor International Inc.), and KAC-500(B) ®< (Kao Corporation).

[0052] The bacterial cleaning cellulase may be a glycosyl hydrolase having enzymatic activity towards amorphous cellulose substrates, wherein the glycosyl hydrolase is selected from GH families 5, 7, 12, 16, 44 or 74. Suitable glycosyl hydrolases may also be selected from the group consisting of: GH family 44 glycosyl hydrolases from Paenibacillus polyxyma (wild-type) such as XYG1006 described in US 7,361,736 or are variants thereof. GH family 12 glycosyl hydrolases from Bacillus licheniformis (wild-type) such as SEQ ID NO:1 described in US 6,268,197 or are variants thereof; GH family 5 glycosyl hydrolases from Bacillus agaradhaerens (wild type) or variants thereof; GH family 5 glycosyl hydrolases from Paenibacillus (wild type) such as XYG1034 and XYG 1022 described in US 6,630,340 or variants thereof; GH family 74 glycosyl hydrolases from Jonesia sp. (wild type) such as XYG1020 described in WO 2002 / 077242 or variants thereof; and GH family 74 glycosyl hydrolases from Trichoderma Reesei (wild type), such as the enzyme described in more detail in Sequence ID NO. 2 of US 7,172,891 , or variants thereof. Suitable bacterial cleaning cellulases are sold under the tradenames Celluclean ®< and Whitezyme ®< (Novozymes A / S, Bagsvaerd, Denmark).

[0053] The composition may comprise a fungal cleaning cellulase belonging to glycosyl hydrolase family 45 having a molecular weight of from 17kDa to 30 kDa, for example the endoglucanases sold under the tradename Biotouch ®< NCD, DCC and DCL (AB Enzymes, Darmstadt, Germany).Pectate Lyases.

[0054] Other preferred enzymes include pectate lyases sold under the tradenames Pectawash ®< , Pectaway ®< , Xpect ®< and mannanases sold under the tradenames Mannaway ®< (all from Novozymes A / S, Bagsvaerd, Denmark), and Purabrite ®< (Genencor International Inc., Palo Alto, California).Nucleases.

[0055] The composition may comprise a nuclease enzyme. The nuclease enzyme is an enzyme capable of cleaving the phosphodiester bonds between the nucleotide sub-units of nucleic acids. The nuclease enzyme herein is preferably a deoxyribonuclease or ribonuclease enzyme or a functional fragment thereof. By functional fragment or part is meant the portion of the nuclease enzyme that catalyzes the cleavage of phosphodiester linkages in the DNA backbone and so is a region of said nuclease protein that retains catalytic activity. Thus, it includes truncated, but functional versions, of the enzyme and / or variants and / or derivatives and / or homologues whose functionality is maintained. Suitable DNases include wild-types and variants described in detail by WO2017162836 and WO2018108865, and variants of the Bacillus cibi DNase including those described in WO2018011277.RNase.

[0056] Suitable RNases include wild-types and variants of DNases described in WO2018178061 and WO2020074499.

[0057] Preferably the nuclease enzyme is a deoxyribonuclease, preferably selected from any of the classes E.C. 3.1.21.x, where x=1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9, E.C. 3.1.22.y where y=1, 2, 4 or 5, E.C. 3.1.30.z where z= 1 or 2, E.C. 3.1.31.1 and mixtures thereof.Hexosaminidases.

[0058] The composition may comprise one or more hexosaminidases. The term hexosaminidase includes "dispersin" and the abbreviation "Dsp", which means a polypeptide having hexosaminidase activity, EC 3.2.1. - that catalyzes the hydrolysis of β-1,6-glycosidic linkages of N-acetyl-glucosamine polymers found in soils of microbial origin. The term hexosaminidase includes polypeptides having N-acetylglucosaminidase activity and β-N-acetylglucosaminidase activity. Hexosaminidase activity may be determined according to Assay II described in WO2018184873. Suitable hexosaminidases include those disclosed in WO2017186936, WO2017186937, WO2017186943, WO2017207770, WO2018184873, WO2019086520, WO2019086528, WO2019086530, WO2019086532, WO2019086521, WO2019086526, WO2020002604, WO2020002608, WO2020007863, WO2020007875, WO2020008024, WO2020070063, WO2020070249, WO2020088957, WO2020088958 and WO2020207944. Variants of the Terribacillus saccharophilus hexosaminidase defined by SEQ ID NO: 1 of WO2020207944 may be preferred, especially the variants with improved thermostability disclosed in that publication.Mannanases.

[0059] The composition may comprise an extracellular-polymer-degrading enzyme that includes a mannanase enzyme. The term "mannanase" means a polypeptide having mannan endo-1,4-beta-mannosidase activity (EC 3.2.1.78) from the glycoside hydrolase family 26 that catalyzes the hydrolysis of 1,4-3-D-mannosidic linkages in mannans, galactomannans and glucomannans. Alternative names of mannan endo-1,4-beta-mannosidase are 1,4-3-D-mannan mannanohydrolase; endo-1,4-3-mannanase; endo- β-1,4-mannase; β-mannanase B; 3-1,4-mannan 4-mannanohydrolase; endo-3-mannanase; and β-D-mannanase. For purposes of the present disclosure, mannanase activity may be determined using the Reducing End Assay as described in the experimental section of WO2015040159. Suitable examples from class EC 3.2.1.78 are described in WO2015040159, such as the mature polypeptide SEQ ID NO: 1 described therein.Galactanases.

[0060] The composition may comprise an extracellular polymer-degrading enzyme that includes an endo-beta-1,6-galactanase enzyme. The term "endo-beta-1,6-galactanase" or "a polypeptide having endo-beta-1,6-galactanase activity" means a endo-beta-1,6-galactanase activity (EC 3.2.1.164) from the glycoside hydrolase family 30 that catalyzes the hydrolytic cleavage of 1,6-3-D-galactooligosaccharides with a degree of polymerization (DP) higher than 3, and their acidic derivatives with 4-O-methylglucosyluronate or glucosyluronate groups at the non-reducing terminals. For purposes of the present disclosure, endo-beta-1,6-galactanase activity is determined according to the procedure described in WO 2015185689 in Assay I. Suitable examples from class EC 3.2.1.164 are described in WO 2015185689, such as the mature polypeptide SEQ ID NO: 2.Enzyme Stabilizing System.

[0061] The composition may optionally comprise from about 0.001% to about 10%, in some examples from about 0.005% to about 8%, and in other examples, from about 0.01% to about 6%, by weight of the composition, of an enzyme stabilizing system. The enzyme stabilizing system can be any stabilizing system which is compatible with the detersive enzyme. In the case of aqueous detergent compositions comprising protease, a reversible protease inhibitor, such as a boron compound, including borate, 4-formyl phenylboronic acid, phenylboronic acid and derivatives thereof, or compounds such as calcium formate, sodium formate and 1,2-propane diol may be added to further improve stability.Polymers.

[0062] The compositions may include one or more polymers. Typically, the level of polymers is from about 0.01% to about 10.0 % by weight of the composition, preferably from about 0.1% to about 5%, and more preferably from about 0.2% to about 3.0% by weight of the composition. In some situations where the composition is in concentrated form, such as concentrated fabric and home care products in any forms which designed for consumer to dilute at home and then use following their regular dosing habits, the level of the polymers maybe higher than 10.0%, or higher than 5.0%, by weight of the composition.

[0063] Depending on the structure of the polymer, polymers can provide various benefits for the composition, including but not limit to, hydrophobic and hydrophilic stain removal, surfactant boosting, soil suspension, whiteness maintenance, soil release, malodor control, dye transfer inhibition, enhanced softness, enhanced freshness, etc. Polymers are normally multi-functional, which means one specific given type of polymer may provide more than one types of benefit as mentioned above. For example, a specific soil release polymer may provide soil release benefit as primary benefit, while also providing other benefits such as whiteness maintenance, malodor control, soil suspension, dye transfer inhibition.

[0064] Suitable polymers including, but not limited to the following: Graft polymers based on polyalkylene oxide.

[0065] Preferably, the composition further comprises graft polymers which comprising polyalkylene oxide backbone (A) as a graft base and polymeric sidechains (B) grafted thereon. The polymeric sidechains (B) are obtainable by polymerization of at least one vinyl ester monomer. The polyalkylene oxide backbone (A) is obtainable by polymerization of at least one monomer selected from the group of ethylene oxide, 1,2-propylene oxide, 1,2-butylene oxide, 2,3-butylene oxide, 1 ,2-pentene oxide or 2,3-pentene oxide. Such graft polymers are known as effective soil suspension polymers for hydrophobic and hydrophilic stains, surfactant boosters, and sometimes as dye transfer inhibitors.

[0066] Suitable graft polymers include amphiphilic graft co-polymer comprises polyethylene glycol backbone (A) as a graft base, and at least one pendant sidechains (B) selected from polyvinyl acetate, polyvinyl alcohol and mixtures thereof. A preferred graft polymer of this type is Sokalan HP22 available from BASF.

[0067] Suitable graft polymers are also described in WO2007 / 138053 as amphiphilic graft polymers based on water-soluble polyalkylene oxides (A) as a graft base and side chains formed by polymerization of a vinyl ester component (B), said polymers having an average of < one graft site per 50 alkylene oxide units and mean molar masses M of from 3000 to 100000. One specific preferred graft polymer of this type is polyvinyl acetate grafted polyethylene oxide copolymer having a polyethylene oxide as graft base and multiple polyvinyl acetate side chains. The molecular weight of the polyethylene oxide backbone is about 6000 and the weight ratio of the polyethylene oxide to polyvinyl acetate is about 40 to 60 and no more than 1 grafting point per 50 ethylene oxide units. The most preferred polymer of this type is available from BASF as Sokalan PG101.

[0068] Suitable graft polymer also include graft polymer comprising a block copolymer backbone (A) as a graft base, wherein said block copolymer backbone (A) is obtainable by polymerization of at least two monomers selected from the group of ethylene oxide, 1 ,2-propylene oxide, 1 ,2-butylene oxide, 2,3-butylene oxide, 1 ,2-pentene oxide or 2,3-pentene oxide, wherein the number (x) of individual blocks within the block copolymer backbone (A) is an integer, wherein x is from 2 to 10 and preferably 3 to 5, and (B) polymeric sidechains grafted onto the block copolymer backbone, wherein said polymeric sidechains (B) are obtainable by polymerization of at least one vinyl ester monomer. Suitable graft polymers of this type are described in WO2021 / 160795 and WO2021 / 160851, these polymers have improved biodegradation profiles.

[0069] Suitable graft polymer also include graft polymer comprising a polyalkylene oxide backbone (A) which has a number average molecular weight of from about 1000 to about 20,000 Daltons and is based on ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, or butylene oxide; and side chains derived from N-vinylpyrrolidone (B), and side chains derived from vinyl ester (C) derived from a saturated monocarboxylic acid containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms and / or a methyl or ethyl ester of acrylic or methacrylic acid. Such graft polymers are described in WO2020 / 005476 and can be used as dye transfer inhibitors.Modified polyamine dispersing agent.

[0070] Preferably, the composition further comprises one or more modified polyamine dispersing agent. The modified polyamine dispersant comprises a polyamine core structure and a plurality of alkoxylate groups attached to the core structure. The polyamine core structure includes polyalkyleneimine, and linear or branched oligoamine.

[0071] The polyamine core structure and the alkoxylate groups attached to the core structure can be further derivatized. For example, the polyamine core structure can be further partly or completely quaternized with C 1 -C 30 linear or branched alkyl, more preferably C 1 -C 10 or even C 1 -C 5 linear or branched alkyl, most preferably methyl. The alkoxylate group can be further sulphated, sulphonated and / or substituted with an amino functional group.

[0072] Suitable modified polyamine dispersing agent includes ethoxylated polyethyleneimine (EPEI). EPEI are effective dispersing agent for hydrophilic stains, especially hydrophilic particulate stain such as clay.

[0073] In one embodiment, the EPEI has a polyethyleneimine backbone of weight average molecular weight of between 100g / mol and 2000g / mol, preferably between 200g / mol and 1500g / mol, more preferably between 300g / mol and 1000g / mol, even more preferably between 400g / mol and 800g / mol, most preferably between 500g / mol and 700g / mol, preferably about 600. The ethoxylation chains within the EPEI may be from 200g / mol to 2000g / mol weight average molecular weight, preferably from 400g / mol to 1500g / mol weight average molecular weight, more preferably from 600g / mol to 1000g / mol weight average molecular weight, most preferably about 880g / mol weight average molecular weight per ethoxylated chain. The ethoxylation chains within the EPEI have on average 5 to 40, preferably 10 to 30, more preferably 15 to 25, even more preferably 18 to 22, most preferably about 20 ethoxy units per ethoxylation chain. The EPEI may have a total weight average molecular weight of from 5000g / mol to 20000g / mol, preferably from 7500g / mol to 17500g / mol, more preferably from 10000g / mol to 15000g / mol, even more preferably from 12000g / mol to 13000g / mol, most preferably about 12700g / mol. A preferred example is polyethyleneimine core (with average molecular weight about 600g / mol) ethoxylated to 20 EO groups per NH. Suitable EPEI this type includes Sokalan HP20 available from BASF, Lutensol FP620 from BASF. Examples of available polyethyleneimine ethoxylates also include those prepared by reacting ethylene oxide with Epomine SP-006 manufactured by Nippon Shokubai.

[0074] In another embodiment, the EPEI comprises polyethyleneimine has an average molecular weight (Mw) ranging from 1800 to 5000 g / mol (prior to ethoxylation), and the polyoxyethylene side chains have an average of from 25 to 40 ethoxy units per side chain bonded to the polyethyleneimine backbone. Such EPEI is described in WO2020 / 030760 and WO2020 / 030469. Suitable modified polyamine dispersing agent includes amphiphilic alkoxylated polyalkyleneimine polymer. These polymers have balanced hydrophilic and hydrophobic properties such that they remove grease and body soil particles from fabrics and surfaces, and keep the particles suspended in washing liquor. Suitable amphiphilic water-soluble alkoxylated polyalkyleneimine polymer is described in WO2009 / 061990 and WO2006 / 108857, which comprising a polyalkyleneimine, preferable polyethyleneimine core, and alkoxylate group of below connected to the core         *-[A 2< -O] m -[CH 2 -CH 2 -O] n -[A 3< -O] p -R wherein "*"in each case denotes one-half of bond to the nitrogen atom of the core. A 2< is in each case independently selected from 1,2-propylene, 1,2-butylene, and 1,2-isobutylene; A 3< is 1,2-propylene; Ris in each case independently selected from hydrogen and C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, preferably hydrogen; mhas an average value in the range of from 0 to 2, preferably 0; nhas an average value in the range of 5 to 50; and phas an average value in the range of 3-50;

[0075] The polymer comprising a degree of quaterization ranging from 0 to 50, preferably from 0 to 20, and more preferably from 0 to 10.

[0076] A preferred alkoxylated polyalkyleneimine polymer is polyethyleneimine (MW = 600) modified with 24 ethoxylate groups per -NH and 16 propoxylate groups per -NH. Another preferred alkoxylated polyalkyleneimine polymer is polyethyleneimine (MW = 600) modified with 10 ethoxylate groups per -NH and 7 propoxylate groups per -NH.

[0077] Suitable alkoxylated polyalkyleneimine polymer of this type includes Sokalan HP30 Booster available from BASF.

[0078] Another Suitable modified polyamine dispersing agent is described in WO2021061774. Suitable modified polyamine dispersing agent also includes zwitterionic polyamines. Said zwitterionic polyamine is selected from zwitterionic polyamines according to the following formula: Ris each independently C 3 -C 20 linear or branched alkylene; R 1 is an anionic unit-capped polyalkyleneoxy unit having the formula: -(R 2< -O) x R 3< , wherein R 2 is C 2 -C 4 linear or branched alkylene, preferably C 2 (ethylene); R 3 is hydrogen, an anionic unit, and mixtures thereof, in which not all R 3 groups are hydrogen, preferably wherein R 3 anionic units are selected from -(CH 2 ) p CO 2 M;-(CH 2 ) q SO 3 M; - (CH 2 ) q OSO 3 M; -(CH 2 ) q CH(SO 3 M)-CH 2 SO 3 M;-(CH 2 ) q CH(OSO 3 M)CH 2 OSO3M; - (CH 2 ) q CH(SO 3 M)CH 2 SO 3 M; -(CH 2 ) p PO 3 M;-PO 3 M ;-SO 3 M and mixtures thereof; wherein M is hydrogen or a water soluble cation, preferably selected from sodium, potassium, ammonium, and mixtures thereof and in sufficient amount to satisfy charge balance; xis from 5 to 50, preferably from 10 to 40, even more preferably from 15 to 30, most preferably from 20 to 25; Qis a quaternizing unit selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 30 linear or branched alkyl, C 6 -C 30 cycloalkyl, C 7 -C 30 substituted or unsubstituted alkylenearyl, and mixtures thereof, preferably C 1 -C 30 linear or branched alkyl, even more preferably C 1 -C 10 or even C 1 -C 5 linear or branched alkyl, most preferably methyl; the degree of quaternization preferably is more than 50%, more preferably more than 70%, even more preferably more than 90%, most preferably about 100;. X -< is an anion present in sufficient amount to provide electronic neutrality, preferably a water-soluble anion selected from the group consisting of chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl sulfate, and mixtures thereof, more preferably chloride; nis from 0 to 8, preferably 0 to 4, preferably 0 to 2, most preferably 0.

[0079] A particular preferred zwitterionic polyamine is available from BASF as Lutensit Z96 polymer (zwitterionic hexamethylene diamine according to below formula: 100% quaternized and about 40% of the polyethoxy (EO 24 ) groups are sulfonated).

[0080] Another suitable zwitterionic polyamine is amphoterically-modified oligopropyleneimine ethoxylates as described in WO2021 / 239547.Polyester soil release polymers.

[0081] The composition may comprise one or more polyester soil release polymer (SRP). The benefits of polyester SRP are well-documented, including soil release, whiteness, malodour, and improve wicking properties, and improve in wear comfort.

[0082] Polyester SRP typically have hydrophilic segments to hydrophilize the surface of hydrophobic fibers (such as polyester and nylon), and hydrophobic segments to enable deposition of SRP onto hydrophobic fibers and remain adhered thereto through washing and rinsing cycles, thereby serving as an anchor for the hydrophilic segments.

[0083] Polyester SRP may be linear, branched, or star-shaped. Polyester SRP may comprise end capping moiety, which is especially effective in controlling the molecular weight of the polyester or altering the physical or surface-adsorption properties of the polymer. Soil release polymers may also include charged units (negative or positive). Typically, nonionic SRP or anionic SRP may be preferred when used in composition which containing anionic surfactants, in order to avoid potentially negative interactions between the SRP and anionic surfactants.

[0084] Preferred polyester SRP are polyester terephthalates comprising structural unit (I), or combination of structural unit (I) and (II):         -[(O-CHR 1< -CHR 2< ) a -O-OC-Ar-CO-] c      (I)         -[(O-CHR 3< -CHR 4< ) b -O-OC-sAr-CO-] d      (II) wherein: a, bare, based on molar average, a number independently selected from 1 to 200. c, dare, based on molar average, a number independently selected from 1 to 30. Aris each independently selected from 1,4-substituted phenylene, and 1,3-substituted phenylene, preferably 1,4-substituted phenylene. sAris 1,3-substituted phenylene substituted in position 5 with -SO 3 M; wherein M is a counterion selected from Na +< , Li +< , K +< , ½ Mg 2+< , ½ Ca 2+< , 1 / 3 Al 3+< , ammonium, mono-, di-, tri-, or tetraalkylammonium wherein the alkyl groups are C 1 -C 18 alkyl or C 2 -C 10 hydroxyalkyl, or mixtures thereof. R 1< , R 2< , R 3< , R 4< are each independently selected from H or C 1 -C 18 n-alkyl or iso-alkyl; preferably selected from H or C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, more preferably selected from H, CH 3 .

[0085] Preferably, the polyester SRP further comprises one or more terminal group (III) derived from polyalkylene glycolmonoalkylether. Preferably, the terminal group (III) has a structure of (III-a).         R 7< -O-[C 2 H 4 -O] e -[C 3 H 6 -O] f -[C 4 H 8 -O] g -     (III-a) wherein: R 7< is a linear or branched C 1-30 alkyl, C 2 -C 30 alkenyl, or a cycloalkyl group with 5 to 9 carbon atoms, or a C 8 -C 30 aryl group, or a C 6 -C 30 arylalkyl group; preferably C 1-4 alkyl, more preferably methyl; and e, f and gare, based on molar average, a number independently selected from 0 to 200, where the sum of c+d+e is from 2 to 500, wherein the [C2H4-O], [C3H6-O] and [C4H8-O] groups of the terminal group (IV-a) may be arranged blockwise, alternating, periodically and / or statistically, preferably blockwise and / or statistically, either of the [C2H4-O], [C3H6-O] and [C4H8-O] groups of the terminal group (III-a) can be linked to -R7 and / or -O. Preferably, [C3H6-O] group is linked to -O, and the -O is further connected to -OC-Ar-CO- or -OC-sAr-CO-.

[0086] Typically, structure (III-a) connected to structural units -OC-Ar-CO- or -OC-sAr-CO- via an ester bond to form an end cap, as illustrated below:         R 7< -O-[C 2 H 4 -O] e -[C 3 H 6 -O] f -[C 4 H 8 -O] g -OC-Ar-CO-, or         R 7< -O-[C 2 H 4 -O] e -[C 3 H 6 -O] f -[C 4 H 8 -O] g -OC-sAr-CO-

[0087] Optionally, the polymer comprises one or more anionic terminal unit (IV) and / or (V) as described in EP3222647.         -O-CH 2 CH 2 -SO 3 M     (IV)

[0088] Wherein, M is a counterion selected from Na +< , Li +< , K +< , ½ Mg 2+< , ½ Ca 2+< , 1 / 3 Al 3+< , ammonium, mono-, di-, tri-, or tetraalkylammonium wherein the alkyl groups are C 1 -C 18 alkyl or C 2 -C 10 hydroxyalkyl, or mixtures thereof.

[0089] Optionally, polyester SRPs may comprise crosslinking structural unit derived from monomers which comprise at least three functional groups capable of forming esters. Examples of monomers which comprise at least three functional groups capable of forming esters include, but not limit to, trimellitic acid, citric acid, glycerine, sorbitol.

[0090] Optionally, polyester SRPs may comprise structural unit derived from other di-carboxylic acids or their salts or their (di)alkylesters. Suitable examples include furandicarboxylic acids, such as 2,5-furandicarboxylic acid; pyridine dicarboxylic acids, such as pyridine-2,5-dicarboxylic acid; cyclohexanedicarboxylic acids, such as 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, azelaic acid.

[0091] One type of preferred polyester SRPs are nonionic polyester SRP, which does not comprise above structural unit (II). A particular preferred nonionic polyester SRP has a structure according to formula below: wherein: R 5< and R 6< are independently selected from H or CH 3 . Preferably, one of the R 5< and R 6< is H, and another one of the of the R 5< and R 6< is CH 3 . e, fare, based on molar average, a number independently selected from 0 to 200, where the sum of e+f is from 2 to 400, More preferably, f is from 0 to 50, e is from 1 to 200, More preferably, f is 1 to 10, e is 5 to 150, R 7< is C 1- C 4 alkyl and more preferably methyl, nis, based on molar average, from 1 to 50.

[0092] One example of most preferred above suitable terephthalate-derived nonionic SRP has one of the R 5 and R 6 is H, and another is CH 3 ; f is 0; e is from 5-100 and R 7< is methyl, and n is from 3-10.

[0093] Other suitable terephthalate-derived polyester SRP are described in patent WO2014019903, WO2014019658 and WO2014019659. The end capping group of these SRPs are selected from:         X-O-[C 2 H 4 O] n -[C 3 H 6 O] m - wherein X is C 1 -C 4 alkyl and preferably methyl, the -[C 2 H 4 O] groups and the -[C 3 H 6 O] groups are arranged blockwise and the block consisting of the -[C 3 H 6 O] groups is bound to a - CO-Ar-CO- structural unit via an ester bond , n is based on a molar average a number of from 40 to 50, m is based on a molar average a number from 1 to 10 and preferably from 1 to 7.

[0094] Another type of preferred polyester SRPs are anionic polyester SRP, which comprise above structural unit (I) and structural unit (II). Preferably, the anionic SRP comprise further at least one terminal group selected from (III-a), (IV) and (V). More preferably, the anionic SRP comprises structural (I) and (II), and one or two terminal group (III-a), wherein R 7< is C 1 alkyl, e is from 2 to 100, preferably from 3 to 50 such as 5, 10, 15, 20, and both f and g are 0. Suitable anionic polyester SRP examples are described in EP1966273B1 and EP3222647B1

[0095] Polyester SRPs may be available or convert into different forms, include powder, particle, liquid, waxy or premix. In some embodiments, other materials (for example, water, alcohol, other solvents, salt, surfactant, etc.) are needed to convert the polyester soil release polymer into different forms mentioned above, the wt% of active soil release polymer in the powder, particle, liquid, waxy or premix is in the range from 10% to 100%, for example 15%, 20%, 40%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 100%. Useful soil release polymer premix examples are described in EP351759 and WO2022100876. When the soil release polymers exist in liquid or premix from, the premix maybe transparent or opaque, white or slightly yellowish. Premix in opaque maybe use to provide an opaque appearance for the finish product or part of the finish product. Polyester SRPs may or may not be biodegradable, preferred polyester SRPs are readily biodegradable.

[0096] Commercial available examples of suitable polyester SRPs include TexCare ®< series supplied by Clariant, including noniconic polyester SRP Texcare ®< SRN100, SRN170, SRN170 C, SRN170 SG Terra, SRN172, SRN240, SRN260, SRN260 life, SRN260 SG Terra, SRN UL50, SRN300, SRN325; and anionic polyester SRPs TexCare ®< SRA100, SRA300, SRA300F. Example of suitable polyester SRPs also include REPEL-O-TEX ®< line of polymers supplied by Rhodia / Solvay / Syensqo, including nonionic polyester SRPs REPEL-O-TEX ®< Crystal, Crystal PLUS, Crystal NAT, SRP6; and anionic polyester SRP REPEL-O-TEX ®< SF2. Other example of commercial polyester SRPs also includes WeylClean ®< series of soil release polymers supplied by WeylChem, including noniconic polyester SRP WeylClean ®< PLN1, PLN2; and anionic polyester SRP WeylClean ®< PSA1. Other examples of commercial polyester SRPs are Marloquest ®< polymers, such as Marloquest ®< SL, HSCB, L235M, U, B, and G82, supplied by Sasol.

[0097] The raw materials for the preparation of polyesters SRPs can be based on fossil carbon or renewable carbon. Renewable carbon includes carbon originating from biomass, carbon capture, or chemical recycling. Preferably, the raw materials for the preparation of the polyesters of the invention are at least partly based on renewable carbon. The Renewable Carbon Index (RCI, a measure of sustainability by dividing the number of carbons derived from renewable sources by the total number of carbons in an active ingredient) of the polyester SRP is above 40%, more preferably above 50%, even more preferably above 60%, particularly preferably from 70 to 100% (including 100%), and most preferably 100%.Polymers based on polysaccharide.

[0098] Various polysaccharides have proven to be useful starting material to make polymers for fabric and home care products, including cellulose, starch, guar, dextran, polyglucan, chitin, curdlan, xylose, Inulin, pullulan, locust bean gum, cassia gum, tamarind gum (xyloglucan), xanthan gum, amylose, amylopectin, scleroglucan and mixtures thereof. The starting materials are typically chemically modified to achieve specific properties, the modification can be anionic (negative charged), cationic (positive charged) or nonionic (not charged).

[0099] The most common type of modified polysaccharide is modified cellulose.

[0100] Modified cellulose polymers include anionic modified cellulose polymers which been modified with functional groups that contain negative charge. Suitable anionic modified cellulose polymers include carboxyalkyl cellulose, such as carboxymethyl cellulose. In one preferred embodiment, the carboxymethyl cellulose has a degree of carboxymethyl substitution of from about 0.5 to about 0.9 and a molecular weight from about 80,000 Da to about 300,000 Da. Suitable carboxymethylcellulose is described in WO2011 / 031599 and WO2009 / 154933. Suitable carboxymethylcellulose include Finnfix ®< series sold by CP Kelco or Nouryon, which include Finnfix ®< GDA, a hydrophobically modified carboxymethylcellulose, e.g., the alkyl ketene dimer derivative of carboxymethylcellulose sold under the tradename Finnfix ®< SH1, or the blocky carboxymethylcellulose sold under the tradename Finnfix ®< V. Other suitable anionic modified cellulose polymers include sulphoalkyl group which described in WO2006117056, sulfoethyl cellulose which described in WO2014124872.

[0101] Modified cellulose polymers also include nonionic modified cellulose polymers which been modified by functional group that does not contain any charge. Suitable nonionic modified cellulose polymers include alkyl cellulose, hydroxyalkyl cellulose, hydroxyalkyl alkylcellulose, alkylalkoxyalkyl cellulose. Suitable nonionic modified cellulose polymers also include nonionic nonionic 6-desoxy-6-amino-celluloses derivative which described in US20180346846. Example of alkyl cellulose include methyl cellulose (MC), ethyl cellulose (EC), etc. Suitable ethyl cellulose are sold under tradename Ethocel ™< by Dow Chemicals, DuPont, or IFF. Example of hydroxyalkyl cellulose include hydroxyethyl cellulose (HEC) and hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC). Suitable HEC are sold under tradename Natrosol ™< hydroxyethylcellulose by Ashland, such as Natrosol ™< 250 with different grade available which has a total molar substitution (MS) of 2.5. Suitable HEC are also sold under tradename CELLOSIZE ™< Hydroxyethyl Cellulose by Dow Chemicals. Suitable HPC are sold under tradename Klucel ™< by Ashland. Example of hydroxyalkyl alkylcellulose include hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC), suitable HPMC are sold under tradename Methocel ™< with different grade available by Dow Chemicals, DuPont or IFF, and under tradename Benecel ™< by Ashland.

[0102] Modified cellulose polymers also include cationic modified cellulose polymers which been modified by functional group that contain cationic charge. Suitable cationic modified celluloses include quaternized hydroxyethyl cellulose (Polyquaternium-10), which available under the tradename of Ucare by Dow Chemical, such as Ucare LR400, Ucare LR30M, Ucare JR125, Ucare JR400, etc. Suitable cationic modified cellulose polymers also include quaternized hydroxyethyl cellulose (HEC) polymers with cationic substitution of trimethyl ammonium and dimethyldodecyl ammonium (Polyquaternium-67), which available under trade the tradename of SoftCAT by Dow Chemical, such as SoftCAT SK, SoftCAT SK-MH, SoftCAT SX, SoftCAT SL. Other suitable cationic modified celluloses include those sold under tradename SupraCare ™< by Dow Chemical, such as SupraCare ™< 150, SupraCare ™< 133, SupraCare ™< 212.

[0103] Suitable cationic modified cellulose polymers also include those modified with cationic group and / or a hydrophobic group and described as soil release polymers in WO2019111948, WO2019111949, WO2019111946 and WO2019111947; suitable polymers is also disclosed in WO2022060754, WO2021242942 and WO2020 / 091988.

[0104] Another common type of modified polysaccharide is modified guar. Similar to modified cellulose, modified guar can be nonionic modified, anionic modified, and cationic modified. Suitable nonionic modified guar includes hydroxypropyl guar, such as N-Hance ™< HP40 and HP40S guar available from Ashland. Suitable example of modified guar also include carboxymethyl hydroxypropyl guar (CMHPG) which is anionic and nonionic modified, such as Galactasol ™< available from Ashland. Suitable modified guar also includes cationic modified guar, such as guar hydroxypropyltrimonium chloride, which available from by Ashland as AquaCat ™< CG518 cationic solution, AquaCat ™< PF618 cationic solution, N-Hance ™< 3000, 3196, 3215, BF-13, BF-17, C261, C261N, CG13, CCG45. Other cationic modified guar polymers are available from Solvay as Jaguar ®< C 162, Excel, Excel SGI, Optima, C 13 S, C 13 SH, C14 S, C-17, LS SGI, C-500 STD. Other nonionic and / or anionic modified guar include for example Jaguar ®< HP 105 (Hydroxypropyl Guar gum), Jaguar ®< SOFT and HP-120 COS (Carboxymethyl Hydroxypropyl Guar Gum).

[0105] Suitable modified polysaccharide polymers also include modified starch.

[0106] Suitable modified polysaccharide polymers also include polymers based on other polysaccharide, such as cationic dextran polymers described in WO2021194808, WO2022203866, WO2022203868, WO2023146784, Suitable cationic dextran polymers are commercially available under brand name CDC, CDC-L, CDC-H by Meito Sangyo.

[0107] Suitable modified polysaccharide polymers also include polymers based on polyglucans. Suitable modified polyglucans are based on alpha 1,3-polyglucans and / or 1,6-polyglucans. In one embodiment, the modified polyglucans can be cationic modified, such as cationic modified alpha 1,3-polyglucan which described in WO2021225837; such as cationic modified alpha 1,6-polyglucans which described in WO2021257793, WO2021257932, and WO2021 / 257786. In another embodiment, the modified polyglucans can be hydrophobic and / or hydrophilic modified, such as those described in WO2018112187, WO2019246228, WO2019246171, WO2021252558, WO2021252560, WO2021252561, EP3922704, WO2021252569.

[0108] Other suitable polysaccharide polymers also include those based on inulin. Example of modified inulin include carboxymethyl group modified inulin (CMI), suitable CMI are Carboxyline series sold by Cosun Beet Company, including Carboxyline 25-40D, Carboxyline 25 D Powder, Carboxyline 20 LS D Powder, Carboxyline 25, Carboxyline 25-30 UP. Example of modified inulin also include cationic modified inulin, suitable cationic modified inulin are as described in US20190274943, US20180119055; suitable cationic modified inulin are Quatin series sold by Cosun Beet Company, including Quatin 350, Quatin 380 and Quatin 1280 which are characterized by different degree of substitution (DS), cationic density (meq / g) and molecular weight (g / mol).

[0109] Suitable modified polysaccharide polymers also include polymers based on other polysaccharide, such as xylose carbamates as described in US20210115358; carboxy or sulfo-alkylated pullulan as described in WO2019243072; carboxy- or sulfo-alkylated chitosan as described in WO2019 / 243108 and WO2021156093.Polycarboxylate polymers.

[0110] The composition may also include one or more polycarboxylate polymers which comprise at least one carboxy group-containing monomer. The carboxy group-containing monomers are selected from acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, itaconic acid, aconitic acid, mesaconic acid, citraconic acid, methylenemalonic acid, and salts thereof, and anhydride thereof.

[0111] Suitable polycarboxylate polymers include polyacrylate homopolymer having a molecular weight of from 4,000 Da to 9,000 Da, or from 6,000 Da to 9,000 Da. Other suitable carboxylate polymers include copolymer of acrylic acid (and / or methacrylic acid) and maleic acid having a molecular weight of from 50,000 Da to 120,000 Da, or from 60,000 Da to 80,000 Da. The polyacrylate homopolymer and copolymer of acrylic acid (and / or methacrylic acid) and maleic acid are commercially available as Acusol 445 and 445N, Acusol 531, Acusol 463, Acusol 448, Acusol 460, Acusol 465, Acusol 497, Acusol 490 from Dow Chemicals, and as Sokalan CP 5, Sokalan CP 7, Sokalan CP 45, and Sokalan CP 12S from BASF. Suitable polycarboxylate polymers also include polyitaconate homopolymers, such as Itaconix ®< DSP 2K ™< sold by Itaconix, and Amaze SP available from Nouryon.

[0112] Suitable polycarboxylate polymers also include co-polymers comprising carboxy group-containing monomers and one or more sulfonate or sulfonic group-containing monomers. The sulfonate or sulfonic group containing monomers are selected rom 2-acrylamido-2-methyl-l-propanesulfonic acid (AMPS), 2-methacrylamido-2-methyl-l-propanesulfonic acid, 3-methacrylamido-2-hydroxy-propanesulfonic acid, allysulfonic acid, methallysulfonic acid, 3-allyloxy-2-hydroxy-1-propanesulfonic acid, 2-methyl-2-propenen-l-sulfonic acid, styrenesulfonic acid, vinylsulfonic acid, 3-sulfopropyl acrylate, 3-sulfopropylmethacrylate, sulfomethylacrylamide, sulfomethylmethacrylamide and water soluble salts thereof. In one embodiment, suitable polymers comprise maleic acid, acrylic acid, and 3-allyloxy-2-hydroxy-1-propanesulfonic acid, such polymers are as described in US8450261 and US8389458. In another embodiment, suitable polymers comprise acrylic acid and 2-acrylamido-2-methyl-propane sulfonate, such as those sold under tradename Acusol 588 by Dow Chemicals, Sokalan CP50 by BASF, Aquatreat AR-545, Versaflex 310 and Versaflex 310-37 by Nouryon. In another embodiment, suitable polymers also include Poly(itaconic acid-co-AMPS) sodium salt, such as Itaconix ®< TSI ™< 322 and Itaconix ®< CHT ™< 122 available from Itaconix.

[0113] Suitable polymer also includes those contain other structure units in addition to the sulfonate or sulfonic group group-containing monomers and carboxy group-containing monomers. Suitable polymer examples are described in WO2010024468 and WO2014 / 032267, the additional monomers herein are ether bond-containing monomers represented by formula (1) and (2) below: wherein in Formula (1) R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or CH 3 group, R represents a CH 2 group, CH 2 CH 2 group or single bond, x represents a number 0-50, preferable 0-20, more preferable 0-5 (provided x represents a number 1-5 when R is a single bond), and R 1 is a hydrogen atom or C 1 to C 20 organic group

[0114] Wherein in Formula (2), R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or CH 3 group, R represents a CH 2 group, CH 2 CH 2 group or single bond, x represents a number 0-5, and R 1 is a hydrogen atom or C 1 to C 20 organic group.

[0115] A specific preferred polymer of this type comprises structure units derived from 1 to 49 wt% of 1-(allyloxy)-3-butoxypropan-2-ol, from 50 to 98 wt% acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, and from 1 to 49 wt% of 3-allyloxy-2-hydroxy-1-propanesulfonic acid, and the has a weight average molecular weight of from about 20,000 to about 60,000. a specific preferred polymer of this type comprises structure units derived from 1 to 10 wt% of 1-(allyloxy)-3-butoxypropan-2-ol, from 70 to 89 wt% acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, and from 10 to 20 wt% of 3-allyloxy-2-hydroxy-1-propanesulfonic acid, and the has a weight average molecular weight of from about 30,000 to about 60,000. Herein, 1-(allyloxy)-3-butoxypropan-2-ol is a preferred monomer as represented by formula (2) when R 0 is H, R is CH 2 , x is 0, and R 1 is n-butyl (C 4 -alkyl).

[0116] Suitable polycarboxylate polymers also include co-polymers comprising carboxy group-containing monomers and other suitable monomers. Other suitable monomers here are selected from esters and / or amide of the carboxy group-containing monomers, such as C 1 -C 20 alkyl ester of acrylic acid; alkylene; vinyl ethers, such as methyl vinyl ether, styrene and any mixtures thereof. One specific preferred polymer family of this type is sold under tradename Gantrez by Ashland, which includes Gantrez An (alternating co-polymer of methyl vinyl ether and maleic anhydride), Gantrez S (alternating co-polymer of methyl vinyl ether and maleic acid), Gantrez ES (alternating co-polymer of methyl vinyl ether and maleic acid ester), Gantrez MS (alternating co-polymer of methyl vinyl ether and maleic acid salt).

[0117] Suitable polycarboxylate polymers also include polyepoxy succinic acid polymers (PESA). A most preferred polyepoxy succinic acid polymer can be identified using CAS number: 51274-37-4, or 109578-44-1. Suitable polyepoxy succinic acid polymers are commercially available from various suppliers, such as Aquapharm Chemicals Pvt. Ltd (commercial name: Maxinol 600); Shandong Taihe Water Treatment Technologies Co., Ltd (commercial name: PESA), and Sirius International (commercial name: Briteframe PESA).

[0118] Suitable polycarboxylate polymers also include polymer comprising a monomer having at least one aspartic acid group or a salt thereof, this polymer comprises at least 25 mol%, 40 mol%, or 50 mol%, of said monomer. A preferable example is sodium salt of poly(aspartic acid) having a molecular weight of from 2000 to 3000 g / mol which is avilable as Baypure ®< DS 100 from Lanxess.Other polymers.

[0119] The composition may comprise block polymers of ethylene oxide, propylene oxide and butylene oxide. Examples of such block polymers include ethylene oxide-propylene oxide-ethylene oxide (EO / PO / EO) triblock copolymer, wherein the copolymer comprises a first EO block, a second EO block and PO block wherein the first EO block and the second EO block are linked to the PO block. Blocks of ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, butylene oxide can also be arranged in other ways, such as (EO / PO) diblock copolymer, (PO / EO / PO) triblock copolymer. The block polymers may also contain additional butylene oxide (BO) block. Suitable block polymers are for example Pluronic PE series from BASF, including Pluronic PE3100, PE4300, PE6100, PE6200, PE6400, PE6800, PE8100, PE9200, PE9400, PE10100, PE10500, PE10400. Suitable block polymers also available as Tergitol L series from Dow Chemicals, such as Tergitol L-61, L-62, L-64, L-81, L-101. Due to the hydrophobic and hydrophilic nature, such block polymer sometime is also considered as nonionic surfactant in literature.

[0120] The composition may comprise dye transfer inhibiting agents (also called dye transfer inhibitor, or dye fixatives), which include, but are not limited to, polyvinylpyrrolidone polymers (PVP), poly(vinylpyridine-N-oxide) polymer (PVNO), poly(vinylimidazole), polyamine N-oxide polymers, copolymers of N-vinylpyrrolidone and N-vinylimidazole, polyvinyloxazolidones and polyvinylimidazoles or mixtures thereof. dye transfer inhibiting agents may be selected from the group consisting of reaction products of: i) polyamines with cyanamides and organic and / or inorganic acids, ii) cyanamides with aldehydes and ammonium salts, iii) cyanamides with aldehydes and amines, or iv) amines with epichlorohydrin. Preferably, the dye fixative may be selected from the group consisting of reaction products of amines with epichlorohydrin in which the amines are primary, secondary or tertiary amines. More preferably, the dye fixative may be selected from the group consisting of reaction products of dimethylamine with epichlorohydrin. Most preferably, the dye fixative may be poly (2-hydroxypropyldimethylammonium chloride), also called poly (dimethylamine-co-epichlorohydrin), for example the polymer commercially available under the tradename of Texcare DFC 6 pre from Clariant.

[0121] The composition may comprise one or more other polymeric dispersing agents. Examples are poly (ethylene glycol), poly(vinyl alcohol).Builders

[0122] The composition may optionally comprise a builder. Built compositions typically comprise at least about 1% builder, based on the total weight of the composition. Liquid compositions may comprise up to about 10% builder, and in some examples up to about 8% builder, of the total weight of the composition. Granular compositions may comprise up to about 30% builder, and in some examples up to about 5% builder, by weight of the composition.

[0123] Builders selected from aluminosilicates (e.g., zeolite builders, such as zeolite A, zeolite P, and zeolite MAP) and silicates assist in controlling mineral hardness in wash water, especially calcium and / or magnesium, or to assist in the removal of particulate soils from surfaces. Suitable builders may be selected from the group consisting of phosphates, such as polyphosphates (e.g., sodium tri-polyphosphate), especially sodium salts thereof; carbonates, bicarbonates, sesquicarbonates, and carbonate minerals other than sodium carbonate or sesquicarbonate; organic mono-, di-, tri-, and tetracarboxylates, especially water-soluble nonsurfactant carboxylates in acid, sodium, potassium or alkanolammonium salt form, as well as oligomeric or water-soluble low molecular weight polymer carboxylates including aliphatic and aromatic types; and phytic acid. These may be complemented by borates, e.g., for pH-buffering purposes, or by sulfates, especially sodium sulfate and any other fillers or carriers which may be important to the engineering of stable surfactant and / or builder-containing compositions. Additional suitable builders may be selected from citric acid, lactic acid, fatty acid and salt thereof.

[0124] Suitable builders may include polycarboxylate and salt thereof, for example, homopolymers of acrylic acid, copolymers of acrylic acid and maleic acid, and copolymers of acrylic acid and / or maleic acid, and other suitable ethylenic monomers with various types of additional functionalities. More suitable polycarboxylate are described in polycarboxylate polymers section of this patent.

[0125] Also suitable for use as builders herein are synthesized crystalline ion exchange materials or hydrates thereof having chain structure and a composition represented by the following general anhydride form: x(M 2 O)·ySiO 2 · z M'O wherein M is Na and / or K, M' is Ca and / or Mg; y / x is 0.5 to 2.0; and z / x is 0.005 to 1.0.

[0126] Alternatively, the composition may be substantially free of builder.Structurant / Thickeners

[0127] Suitable structurant / thickeners include: (i) Di-benzylidene Polyol Acetal Derivative (ii) Bacterial Cellulose (iii) Coated Bacterial Cellulose (iv) Cellulose fibers non-bacterial cellulose derived (v) Non-Polymeric Crystalline Hydroxyl-Functional Materials (vi) Polymeric Structuring Agents (vi) Di-amido-gellants (viii) Any combination of above. Additional Amines

[0128] Additional amines may be used in the compositions described herein for added removal of grease and particulates from soiled materials. The compositions described herein may comprise from about 0.1% to about 10%, in some examples, from about 0.1% to about 4%, and in other examples, from about 0.1% to about 2%, by weight of the composition, of additional amines. Non-limiting examples of additional amines may include, but are not limited to, polyamines, oligoamines, triamines, diamines, pentamines, tetraamines, or combinations thereof. Specific examples of suitable additional amines include tetraethylenepentamine, triethylenetetraamine, diethylenetriamine, or a mixture thereof.Bleaching Agents

[0129] It may be preferred for the composition to comprise one or more bleaching agents. Suitable bleaching agents other than bleaching catalysts include photobleaches, bleach activators, hydrogen peroxide, sources of hydrogen peroxide, pre-formed peracids and mixtures thereof. In general, when a bleaching agent is used, the compositions of the present invention may comprise from about 0.1% to about 50% or even from about 0.1% to about 25% bleaching agent or mixtures of bleaching agents by weight of the subject composition. Examples of suitable bleaching agents include: (1) photobleaches for example sulfonated zinc phthalocyanine sulfonated aluminium phthalocyanines, xanthene dyes, thioxanthones, and mixtures thereof; (2) pre-formed peracids: Suitable preformed peracids include, but are not limited to compounds selected from the group consisting of pre-formed peroxyacids or salts thereof typically a percarboxylic acids and salts, percarbonic acids and salts, perimidic acids and salts, peroxymonosulfuric acids and salts, for example, Oxone ®< , and mixtures thereof. Particularly preferred peroxyacids are phthalimido-peroxy-alkanoic acids, in particular ε-phthalimido peroxy hexanoic acid (PAP). Preferably, the peroxyacid or salt thereof has a melting point in the range of from 30°C to 60°C. (3) sources of hydrogen peroxide, for example, inorganic perhydrate salts, including alkali metal salts such as sodium salts of perborate (usually mono- or tetra-hydrate), percarbonate, persulphate, perphosphate, persilicate salts and mixtures thereof. When employed, inorganic perhydrate salts are typically present in amounts of from 0.05 to 40 wt%, or 1 to 30 wt% of the overall fabric and home care product and are typically incorporated into such fabric and home care products as a crystalline solid that may be coated. Suitable coatings include, inorganic salts such as alkali metal silicate, carbonate or borate salts or mixtures thereof, or organic materials such as water-soluble or dispersible polymers, waxes, oils or fatty soaps; and (4) bleach activators having R-(C=O)-L wherein R is an alkyl group, optionally branched, having, when the bleach activator is hydrophobic, from 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or from 8 to 12 carbon atoms and, when the bleach activator is hydrophilic, less than 6 carbon atoms or even less than 4 carbon atoms; and L is leaving group. Examples of suitable leaving groups are benzoic acid and derivatives thereof - especially benzene sulphonate. Suitable bleach activators include dodecanoyl oxybenzene sulphonate, decanoyl oxybenzene sulphonate, decanoyl oxybenzoic acid or salts thereof, 3,5,5-trimethyl hexanoyloxybenzene sulphonate, tetraacetyl ethylene diamine (TAED) and nonanoyloxybenzene sulphonate (NOBS). (5) Bleach Catalysts. The compositions of the present invention may also include one or more bleach catalysts capable of accepting an oxygen atom from a peroxyacid and / or salt thereof, and transferring the oxygen atom to an oxidizeable substrate. Suitable bleach catalysts include, but are not limited to: iminium cations and polyions; iminium zwitterions; modified amines; modified amine oxides; N-sulphonyl imines; N-phosphonyl imines; N-acyl imines; thiadiazole dioxides; perfluoroimines; cyclic sugar ketones and alpha amino-ketones and mixtures thereof. One particularly preferred catalyst is acyl hydrazone type such as 4-(2-(2-((2-hydroxyphenylmethyl)methylene)-hydrazinyl)-2-oxoethyl)-4-methylchloride. (6) The composition may preferably comprise catalytic metal complexes. One preferred type of metal-containing bleach catalyst is a catalyst system comprising a transition metal cation of defined bleach catalytic activity, such as copper, iron, titanium, ruthenium, tungsten, molybdenum, or manganese cations.

[0130] If desired, the compositions herein can be catalyzed by means of a manganese compound. Such compounds and levels of use are well known in the art and include, for example, the manganese-based catalysts disclosed in U.S. 5,576,282. In some embodiments, an additional source of oxidant in the composition is not present, molecular oxygen from air providing the oxidative source.

[0131] Cobalt bleach catalysts useful herein are known, and are described, for example, in U.S. 5,597,936; U.S. 5,595,967.Fluorescent Brightener

[0132] Commercial fluorescent brighteners suitable for the present disclosure can be classified into subgroups, including but not limited to: derivatives of stilbene, pyrazoline, coumarin, benzoxazoles, carboxylic acid, methinecyanines, dibenzothiophene-5,5-dioxide, azoles, 5- and 6-membered-ring heterocycles, and other miscellaneous agents.

[0133] The fluorescent brightener may be selected from the group consisting of disodium 4,4'-bis{[4-anilino-6-morpholino-s-triazin-2-yl]-amino}-2,2'-stilbenedisulfonate (brightener 15, commercially available under the tradename Tinopal AMS-GX by BASF), disodium4,4'-bis { [4-anilino-6-(N-2-bis-hydroxyethyl)-s-triazine-2-yl]-amino}-2,2'-stilbenedisulonate (commercially available under the tradename Tinopal UNPA-GX by BASF), disodium 4,4'-bis{[4-anilino-6-(N-2-hydroxyethyl-N-methylamino)-s-triazine-2-yl]-amino}-2,2'-stilbenedisulfonate (commercially available under the tradename Tinopal 5BM-GX by BASF). More preferably, the fluorescent brightener is disodium 4,4'-bis{[4-anilino-6-morpholino-s-triazin-2-yl]-amino}-2,2'-stilbenedisulfonate or 2,2'-([1,1'-Biphenyl]-4,4'-diyldi-2,1-ethenediyl)bis-benzenesulfonic acid disodium salt. The brighteners may be added in particulate form or as a premix with a suitable solvent, for example nonionic surfactant, propanediol.Fabric Hueing Agents

[0134] The compositions may comprise a fabric hueing agent (sometimes referred to as shading, bluing or whitening agents). Typically, the hueing agent provides a blue or violet shade to fabric. Hueing agents can be used either alone or in combination to create a specific shade of hueing and / or to shade different fabric types. This may be provided for example by mixing a red and green-blue dye to yield a blue or violet shade. Hueing agents may be selected from any known chemical class of dye, including but not limited to acridine, anthraquinone (including polycyclic quinones), azine, azo (e.g., monoazo, disazo, trisazo, tetrakisazo, polyazo), including premetallized azo, benzodifurane and benzodifuranone, carotenoid, coumarin, cyanine, diazahemicyanine, diphenylmethane, formazan, hemicyanine, indigoids, methane, naphthalimides, naphthoquinone, nitro and nitroso, oxazine, phthalocyanine, pyrazoles, stilbene, styryl, triarylmethane, triphenylmethane, xanthenes and mixtures thereof.Chelating Agent:

[0135] Preferably the composition comprises chelating agents and / or crystal growth inhibitor. Suitable molecules include copper, iron and / or manganese chelating agents and mixtures thereof. Suitable molecules include hydroxamic acids, aminocarboxylates, aminophosphonates, succinates, salts thereof, and mixtures thereof. Non-limiting examples of suitable chelants for use herein include ethylenediaminetetracetates, N-(hydroxyethyl)ethylenediaminetriacetates, nitrilotriacetates, ethylenediamine tetraproprionates, triethylenetetraaminehexacetates, diethylenetriamine-pentaacetates, ethanoldiglycines, ethylenediaminetetrakis (methylenephosphonates), diethylenetriamine penta(methylene phosphonic acid) (DTPMP), ethylenediamine disuccinate (EDDS), hydroxyethanedimethylenephosphonic acid (HEDP), methylglycinediacetic acid (MGDA), diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA), N,N-Dicarboxymethyl glutamic acid (GLDA) and salts thereof, and mixtures thereof. Other nonlimiting examples of chelants of use in the present invention are found in U.S. Patent Nos. 7445644, 7585376 and 2009 / 0176684A1. Other suitable chelating agents for use herein are the commercial DEQUEST series, and chelants from Monsanto, DuPont, and Nalco, Italmatch, Bayer, BASF, Inc. Yet other suitable chelants include the pyridinyl N Oxide type.Encapsulates

[0136] The compositions may comprise an encapsulate. In some aspects, the encapsulate comprises a core, a shell having an inner and outer surface, where the shell encapsulates the core. In certain aspects, the encapsulate comprises a core and a shell, where the core comprises a material selected from perfumes; brighteners; dyes; insect repellents; silicones; waxes; flavors; vitamins; fabric softening agents; skin care agents, e.g., paraffins; enzymes; anti-bacterial agents; bleaches; sensates; or mixtures thereof; and where the shell comprises a material selected from polyethylenes; polyamides; polyvinylalcohols, optionally containing other co-monomers; polystyrenes; polyisoprenes; polycarbonates; polyesters; polyacrylates; polyolefins; polysaccharides, e.g., alginate and / or chitosan; gelatin; shellac; epoxy resins; vinyl polymers; water insoluble inorganics; silicone; aminoplasts, or mixtures thereof. In some aspects, where the shell comprises an aminoplast, the aminoplast comprises polyurea, polyurethane, and / or polyureaurethane. The polyurea may comprise polyoxymethyleneurea and / or melamine formaldehyde.Perfume

[0137] Preferred compositions of the invention comprise perfume. Typically the composition comprises a perfume that comprises one or more perfume raw materials, selected from the group as described in WO08 / 87497. However, any perfume useful in a laundry care composition may be used. A preferred method of incorporating perfume into the compositions of the invention is via an encapsulated perfume particle comprising either a water-soluble hydroxylic compound or melamine-formaldehyde or modified polyvinyl alcohol.Malodor Reduction Materials

[0138] The cleaning compositions of the present disclosure may comprise malodour reduction materials. Such materials are capable of decreasing or even eliminating the perception of one or more malodors. These materials can be characterized by a calculated malodor reduction value ("MORV"), which is calculated according to the test method shown in WO2016 / 049389.

[0139] As used herein "MORV" is the calculated malodor reduction value for a subject material. A material's MORV indicates such material's ability to decrease or even eliminate the perception of one or more malodors.

[0140] The cleaning compositions of the present disclosure may comprise a sum total of from about 0.00025% to about 0.5%, preferably from about 0.0025% to about 0.1%, more preferably from about 0.005% to about 0.075%, most preferably from about 0.01% to about 0.05%, by weight of the composition, of 1 or more malodor reduction materials. The cleaning composition may comprise from about 1 to about 20 malodor reduction materials, more preferably 1 to about 15 malodor reduction materials, most preferably 1 to about 10 malodor reduction materials.

[0141] One, some, or each of the malodor reduction materials may have a MORV of at least 0.5, preferably from 0.5 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 10, most preferably from 1 to 5. One, some, or each of the malodor reduction materials may have a Universal MORV, defined as all of the MORV values of >0.5 for the malodors tested as described herein. The sum total of malodor reduction materials may have a Blocker Index of less than 3, more preferable less than about 2.5, even more preferably less than about 2, and still more preferably less than about 1, and most preferably about 0. The sum total of malodor reduction materials may have a Blocker Index average of from about 3 to about 0.001.

[0142] In the cleaning compositions of the present disclosure, the malodor reduction materials may have a Fragrance Fidelity Index of less than 3, preferably less than 2, more preferably less than 1 and most preferably about 0 and / or a Fragrance Fidelity Index average of 3 to about 0.001 Fragrance Fidelity Index. As the Fragrance Fidelity Index decreases, the malodor reduction material(s) provide less and less of a scent impact, while continuing to counteract malodors.

[0143] The cleaning compositions of the present disclosure may comprise a perfume. The weight ratio of parts of malodor reduction composition to parts of perfume may be from about 1:20,000 to about 3000:1, preferably from about 1:10,000 to about 1,000:1, more preferably from about 5,000:1 to about 500:1, and most preferably from about 1:15 to about 1:1. As the ratio of malodor reduction composition to parts of perfume is tightened, the malodor reduction material(s) provide less and less of a scent impact, while continuing to counteract malodors.Conditioning Agents

[0144] Suitable conditioning agents include high melting point fatty compounds. The high melting point fatty compound useful herein has a melting point of 25°C or higher and is selected from the group consisting of fatty alcohols, fatty acids, fatty alcohol derivatives, fatty acid derivatives, and mixtures thereof. Suitable conditioning agents also include nonionic polymers and conditioning oils, such as hydrocarbon oils, polyolefins, and fatty esters.

[0145] Suitable conditioning agents include those conditioning agents characterized generally as silicones (e.g., silicone oils, polyoils, cationic silicones, silicone gums, high refractive silicones, and silicone resins), organic conditioning oils (e.g., hydrocarbon oils, polyolefins, and fatty esters) or combinations thereof, or those conditioning agents which otherwise form liquid, dispersed particles in the aqueous surfactant matrix herein. The compositions of the present invention may also comprise from about 0.05% to about 3% of at least one organic conditioning oil as the conditioning agent, either alone or in combination with other conditioning agents, such as the silicones (described herein). Suitable conditioning oils include hydrocarbon oils, polyolefins, and fatty esters.Probiotics

[0146] The composition may comprise probiotics, such as those described in WO2009 / 043709.Organic acid

[0147] The detergent comprises one or more organic acids selected from the group consisting of acetic acid, adipic acid, aspartic acid, carboxymethyloxymalonic acid, carboxymethyloxysuccinic acid, citric acid, formic acid, glutaric acid, hydroxyethyliminodiacetic acid, iminodiacetic acid, lactic acid, maleic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, oxydiacetic acid, oxydisuccinic acid, succinic acid, sulfamic acid, tartaric acid, tartaric-disuccinic acid, tartaric-monosuccinic acid, or mixtures thereof. Preferably, the detergent composition may comprise an organic acid selected from the group consisting of acetic acid, lactic acid, and citric acid.Anti-oxidant

[0148] The composition may optionally contain an anti-oxidant present in the composition from about 0.001 to about 2% by weight. Preferably the antioxidant is present at a concentration in the range 0.01 to 0.08% by weight. Mixtures of anti-oxidants may be used.Hygiene Agent

[0149] The compositions of the present invention may also comprise components to deliver hygiene and / or malodour benefits such as one or more of zinc ricinoleate, thymol, quaternary ammonium salts such as Bardac ®< , polyethylenimines (such as Lupasol ®< from BASF) and zinc complexes thereof, silver and silver compounds, especially those designed to slowly release Ag+ or nano-silver dispersions.

[0150] The cleaning compositions of the present invention may also contain antimicrobial agents. Preferably, the anti-microbial agent is selected from the group consisting of 4-4'-dichloro-2-hydroxy diphenyl ether ("Diclosan"), 2,4,4'-trichloro-2'-hydroxy diphenyl ether ("Triclosan"), and a combination thereof. Most preferably, the anti-microbial agent is 4-4'-dichloro-2-hydroxy diphenyl ether, commercially available from BASF, under the trademark name Tinosan ®< HP100.Pearlescent Agent

[0151] Non-limiting examples of pearlescent agents include: mica; titanium dioxide coated mica; bismuth oxychloride; fish scales; mono and diesters of alkylene glycol. The pearlescent agent may be ethyleneglycoldistearate (EGDS).Opacifier

[0152] In one embodiment, the composition might also comprise an opacifier. As the term is used herein, an "opacifier" is a substance added to a material in order to make the ensuing system opaque. In one preferred embodiment, the opacifier is Acusol, which is available from Dow Chemicals. Acusol opacifiers are provided in liquid form at a certain % solids level. As supplied, the pH of Acusol opacifiers ranges from 2.0 to 5.0 and particle sizes range from 0.17 to 0.45 um. In one preferred embodiment, Acusol OP303B and 301 can be used.

[0153] In yet another embodiment, the opacifier may be an inorganic opacifier. Preferably, the inorganic opacifier can be TiO 2 , ZnO, talc, CaCO 3 , and combination thereof. The composite opacifier-microsphere material is readily formed with a preselected specific gravity, so that there is little tendency for the material to separate.Solvents

[0154] The solvent system in the present compositions can be a solvent system containing water alone or mixtures of organic solvents either without or preferably with water. The compositions may optionally comprise an organic solvent. Suitable organic solvents include C 4 -C 14 ethers and diethers, glycols, alkoxylated glycols, C 6 -C 16 glycol ethers, alkoxylated aromatic alcohols, aromatic alcohols, aliphatic branched alcohols, alkoxylated aliphatic branched alcohols, alkoxylated linear C 1 -C 5 alcohols, linear C 1 -C 5 alcohols, amines, C 8 -C 14 alkyl and cycloalkyl hydrocarbons and halohydrocarbons, and mixtures thereof. Preferred organic solvents include 1,2-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, ethanol, glycerol, ethoxylated glycerol, dipropylene glycol, methyl propane diol and mixtures thereof 2-ethyl hexanol, 3,5,5-trimethyl-1-hexanol, and 2 propyl heptanol. Solvents may be a polyethylene or polypropylene glycol ether of glycerin. Other lower alcohols, C 1 -C 4 alkanolamines such as monoethanolamine and triethanolamine, can also be used. Solvent systems can be absent, for example from anhydrous solid embodiments of the invention, but more typically are present at levels in the range of from about 0.1% to about 98%, preferably at least about 1% to about 50%, more usually from about 5% to about 25%, alternatively from about 1% to about 10% by weight of the liquid detergent composition of said organic solvent. These organic solvents may be used in conjunction with water, or they may be used without water.Hydrotrope

[0155] The composition may optionally comprise a hydrotrope in an effective amount, i.e. from about 0% to 15%, or about 1% to 10% , or about 3% to about 6%, so that compositions are compatible in water. Suitable hydrotropes for use herein include anionic-type hydrotropes, particularly sodium, potassium, and ammonium xylene sulfonate, sodium, potassium and ammonium toluene sulfonate, sodium potassium and ammonium cumene sulfonate, and mixtures thereof, as disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,915,903.Suds Suppressor

[0156] Compounds for reducing or suppressing the formation of suds can be incorporated into the water-soluble unit dose articles. Suds suppression can be of particular importance in the so-called "high concentration cleaning process" and in front-loading style washing machines. Examples of suds supressors include monocarboxylic fatty acid and soluble salts therein, high molecular weight hydrocarbons such as paraffin, fatty acid esters (e.g., fatty acid triglycerides), fatty acid esters of monovalent alcohols, aliphatic C 18 -C 40 ketones (e.g., stearone), N-alkylated amino triazines, waxy hydrocarbons preferably having a melting point below about 100 °C, silicone suds suppressors, and secondary alcohols. Preferred fatty acid blends may be mixtures enriched or fatty acid mixtures enriched with 2-alkyl fatty acid, preferably 2-methyl octanoic acid.

[0157] Additional suitable antifoams are those derived from phenylpropylmethyl substituted polysiloxanes.

[0158] The detergent composition may comprise a suds suppressor selected from organomodified silicone polymers with aryl or alkylaryl substituents combined with silicone resin and a primary filler, which is modified silica. The detergent compositions may comprise from about 0.001% to about 4.0%, by weight of the composition, of such a suds suppressor.

[0159] The detergent composition comprises a suds suppressor selected from: a) mixtures of from about 80 to about 92% ethylmethyl, methyl(2-phenylpropyl) siloxane; from about 5 to about 14% MQ resin in octyl stearate; and from about 3 to about 7% modified silica; b) mixtures of from about 78 to about 92% ethylmethyl, methyl(2-phenylpropyl) siloxane; from about 3 to about 10% MQ resin in octyl stearate; from about 4 to about 12% modified silica; or c) mixtures thereof, where the percentages are by weight of the anti-foam.

[0160] Below are more details on representative laundry detergent: Liquid laundry detergent composition.

[0161] The laundry detergent composition can be a liquid laundry detergent composition. Suitable liquid laundry detergent compositions can comprise a non-soap surfactant, wherein the non-soap surfactant comprises an anionic non-soap surfactant and a non-ionic surfactant. The laundry detergent composition can comprise from 10% to 60%, or from 20% to 55% by weight of the laundry detergent composition of the non-soap surfactant. The non-soap anionic surfactant to nonionic surfactant are from 1:1 to 20:1, from 1.5:1 to 17.5:1, from 2:1 to 15:1, or from 2.5:1 to 13:1. Suitable non-soap anionic surfactants include linear alkylbenzene sulphonate, alkyl sulphate or a mixture thereof. The weight ratio of linear alkylbenzene sulphonate to alkyl sulphate can be from 1:2 to 9:1, from 1:1 to 7:1, from 1:1 to 5:1, or from 1:1 to 4:1. Suitable linear alkylbenzene sulphonates are C 10 -C 16 alkyl benzene sulfonic acids, or C 11 -C 14 alkyl benzene sulfonic acids. Suitable alkyl sulphate anionic surfactants include alkoxylated alkyl sulphates, non-alkoxylated alkyl sulphates, and mixture thereof. Preferably, the HLAS surfactant comprises greater than 50% C 12 , preferably greater than 60%, preferably greater than 70% C 12 , more preferably greater than 75% C 12 . Suitable alkoxylated alkyl sulphate anionic surfactants include ethoxylated alkyl sulphate anionic surfactants. Suitable alkyl sulphate anionic surfactants include ethoxylated alkyl sulphate anionic surfactant with a mol average degree of ethoxylation of from 1 to 5, from 1 to 3, or from 2 to 3. The alkyl alkoxylated sulfate may have a broad alkoxy distribution or a peaked alkoxy distribution. The alkyl portion of the AES may include, on average, from 13.7 to about 16 or from 13.9 to 14.6 carbons atoms.

[0162] At least about 50% or at least about 60% of the AES molecule may include having an alkyl portion having 14 or more carbon atoms, preferable from 14 to 18, or from 14 to 17, or from 14 to 16, or from 14 to 15 carbon atoms. The alkyl sulphate anionic surfactant may comprise a non-ethoxylated alkyl sulphate and an ethoxylated alkyl sulphate wherein the mol average degree of ethoxylation of the alkyl sulphate anionic surfactant is from 1 to 5, from 1 to 3, or from 2 to 3. The alkyl fraction of the alkyl sulphate anionic surfactant can be derived from fatty alcohols, oxo-synthesized alcohols, Guerbet alcohols, or mixtures thereof. Preferred alkyl sulfates include optionally ethoxylated alcohol sulfates including 2-alkyl branched primary alcohol sulfates especially 2-branched C 12-15 primary alcohol sulfates, linear primary alcohol sulfates especially linear C 12-14 primary alcohol sulfates, and mixtures thereof. The laundry detergent composition can comprise from 10% to 50%, or from 15% to 45%, or from 20% to 40%, or from 30% to 40% by weight of the laundry detergent composition of the non-soap anionic surfactant.

[0163] Suitable non-ionic surfactants can be selected from alcohol broad or narrow range alkoxylates, an oxo-synthesised alcohol alkoxylate, Guerbet alcohol alkoxylates, alkyl phenol alcohol alkoxylates, or a mixture thereof. The laundry detergent composition can comprise from 0.01% to 10%, from 0.01% to 8%, from 0.1% to 6%, or from 0.15% to 5% by weight of the liquid laundry detergent composition of a non-ionic surfactant.

[0164] The liquid laundry detergent composition comprises from 1.5% to 20%, or from 2% to 15%, or from 3% to 10%, or from 4% to 8% by weight of the laundry detergent composition of soap, such as a fatty acid salt. Such soaps can be amine neutralized, for instance using an alkanolamine such as monoethanolamine.

[0165] The liquid laundry detergent composition can comprises an adjunct ingredient selected from the group comprising builders including citrate, enzymes, bleach, bleach catalyst, dye, hueing dye, Leuco dyes, brightener, cleaning polymers including alkoxylated polyamines and polyethyleneimines, amphiphilic copolymers, soil release polymer, surfactant, solvent, dye transfer inhibitors, chelant, diamines, perfume, encapsulated perfume, polycarboxylates, structurant, pH trimming agents, antioxidants, antibacterial, antimicrobial agents, preservatives and mixtures thereof.

[0166] The liquid laundry detergent composition can have a pH of from 2 to 11, or from 6.5 to 8.9, or from 7 to 8, wherein the pH of the laundry detergent composition is measured at a 10% product concentration in demineralized water at 20°C.

[0167] The liquid laundry detergent composition can be Newtonian or non-Newtonian, preferably non-Newtonian.

[0168] For liquid laundry detergent compositions, the composition can comprise from 5% to 99%, or from 15% to 90%, or from 25% to 80% by weight of the liquid detergent composition of water.

[0169] The following are exemplary liquid laundry detergent formulations (Table 1). Preferably the liquid laundry detergent composition comprises from between 0.1 to 20.0%, preferably 0.2% to 10%, preferably between 0.3% and 5.0%, preferably between 0.5% and 3%, more preferably between 1% to 2.5% by weight of the detergent composition of the polymer according to the invention. Table 1.Raw MaterialComp. 1 %wtComp. 2 %wtComp. 3 %wtComp. 4 %wtBranched Alkyl Sulfate0.05.30.05.3Sodium Lauryl Sulfate0.03.00.03.0Linear alkylbenzene sulfonate18.05.06.05.0AE 3 S Ethoxylated alkyl sulphate with an average degree of ethoxylation of 35.00.01.30.0C 25 AES Ethoxylated alkyl sulphate with an average degree of ethoxylation of 2.5 1< 0.03.01.40.0Amine oxide0.71.00.40.8C 12-14 alkyl ethoxylate (EO7)8.40.012.95.0C 12-14 alkyl ethoxylate (EO9)0.08.70.03.7C 12-15 alkyl ethoxylate (EO7)0.02.70.02.7Citric acid2.92.30.72.3Palm kernel fatty acid0.01.00.01.0Topped kernel fatty acid2.90.02.30.0Mannanase0.00170.00170.00170.0017Pectawash0.003420.003420.003420.00342Amylase0.007660.007660.007660.00766Protease0.077060.077060.077060.07706Nuclease 3< 0.0100.010.010.01Sodium tetraborate0.01.70.01.7MEA-Boric Acid Salt0.00.00.80.0Calcium / sodium formate0.00.040.010.04Sodium / Calcium Chloride0.040.020.030.02Ethoxylated polyethyleneimine 2< 0.02.01.12.0Amphiphilic graft copolymer1.50.00.00.0Ethoxylated-Propoxylated polyethyleneimine0.02.00.82.0Zwitterionic polyamine0.50.00.00.0Nonionic polyester terephthalate1.01.01.01.0Polymer of the present invention1.02.01.52.5DTPA0.00.10.20.1EDDS0.10.00.00.0GLDA0.40.30.10.0MGDA0.20.00.00.5Diethylene triamine penta(methyl phosphonic) acid (DTPMP)1.10.00.00.0Fluorescent Brightener 8< 0.060.220.030.15Ethanol0.71.90.01.9propylene glycol5.55.50.335.5Sorbitol0.010.010.00.01Monoethanolamine0.20.20.60.2DETA0.10.080.00.08Antioxidant 10.00.10.10.1Antioxidant 20.10.00.00.0Hygiene Agent0.00.00.050.0NaOH4.74.71.14.7NaCS3.21.73.21.7Hydrogenated Castor Oil0.20.10.120.1Aesthetic dye0.100.010.0060.01Leuco dye0.050.010.00.01Perfume2.01.30.51.3Perfume microcapsules0.50.050.10.05Silicone antifoam 7< 0.020.010.00.01Phenyloxyethanol0.0020.010.00.01Hueing dye0.010.10.050.1Water & miscellaneousbalancebalanceBalancebalanceDescription of super-script numbers: 1 C 12-15 EO2.5S AlkylethoxySulfate where the alkyl portion of AES includes from about 13.9 to 14.6 carbon atoms 2 PE-20 commercially available from BASF 3 Nuclease enzyme is as claimed in co-pending European application 19219568.3 4 Antioxidant 1 is 3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxybenzenepropanoic acid, methyl ester [6386-38-5] 5 Antioxidant 2 is Tinogard TS commercially available from BASF 6 Hygiene Agent is agent is Tinosan HP 100 commercially available from BASF 7 Dow Coming supplied antifoam blend 80-92% ethylmethyl-methyl(2-phenyl propyl)siloxane; 5-14% MQ Resin in octyl stearate a 3-7% modified silica. 8 Fluorescent Brightener is disodium 4,4'-bis{[4-anilino-6-morpholino-s-triazin-2-yl]-amino}-2,2'-stilbenedisulfonate or 2,2'-([1,1'-Biphenyl]-4,4'-diyldi-2,1-ethenediyl)bis-benzenesulfonic acid disodium salt. Water-Soluble Unit Dose Article.

[0170] The laundry detergent composition can be a water-soluble unit dose article. The water-soluble unit dose article comprises at least one water-soluble film orientated to create at least one unit dose internal compartment, wherein the at least one unit dose internal compartment comprises a detergent composition. The water-soluble film preferably comprises polyvinyl alcohol homopolymer or polyvinyl alcohol copolymer, for example a blend of polyvinylalcohol homopolymers and / or polyvinylalcohol copolymers, for example copolymers selected from sulphonated and carboxylated anionic polyvinylalcohol copolymers especially carboxylated anionic polyvinylalcohol copolymers, for example a blend of a polyvinylalcohol homopolymer and a carboxylated anionic polyvinylalcohol copolymer. In some examples water soluble films are those supplied by Monosol under the trade references M8630, M8900, M8779, M8310. The detergent product comprises a detergent composition, more preferably a laundry detergent composition. Preferably the laundry detergent composition enclosed in the water-soluble unit dose article comprises from between 0.1% and 8%, preferably between 0.5% and 7%, more preferably 1.0% to 6.0% by weight of the detergent composition of the polymer of the present invention. Preferably the soluble unit dose laundry detergent composition comprises a non-soap surfactant, wherein the non-soap surfactant comprises an anionic non-soap surfactant and a non-ionic surfactant. More preferably, the laundry detergent composition comprises between 10% and 60%, or between 20% and 55% by weight of the laundry detergent composition of the non-soap surfactant. The weight ratio of non-soap anionic surfactant to nonionic surfactant preferably is from 1:1 to 20:1, from 1.5:1 to 17.5:1, from 2:1 to 15:1, or from 2.5:1 to 13:1. The non-soap anionic surfactants preferably comprise linear alkylbenzene sulphonate, alkyl sulphate or a mixture thereof. The weight ratio of linear alkylbenzene sulphonate to alkyl sulphate preferably is from 1:2 to 9:1, from 1:1 to 7:1, from 1:1 to 5:1, or from 1:1 to 4:1. Example linear alkylbenzene sulphonates are C 10 -C 16 alkyl benzene sulfonic acids, or C 11 -C 14 alkyl benzene sulfonic acids. By 'linear', we herein mean the alkyl group is linear. Example alkyl sulphate anionic surfactant may comprise alkoxylated alkyl sulphate or non-alkoxylated alkyl sulphate or a mixture thereof. Example alkoxylated alkyl sulphate anionic surfactants comprise an ethoxylated alkyl sulphate anionic surfactant. Example alkyl sulphate anionic surfactant may comprise an ethoxylated alkyl sulphate anionic surfactant with a mol average degree of ethoxylation from 1 to 5, from 1 to 3, or from 2 to 3. Example alkyl sulphate anionic surfactant may comprise a non-ethoxylated alkyl sulphate and an ethoxylated alkyl sulphate wherein the mol average degree of ethoxylation of the alkyl sulphate anionic surfactant is from 1 to 5, from 1 to 3, or from 2 to 3. Example alkyl fraction of the alkyl sulphate anionic surfactant are derived from fatty alcohols, oxo-synthesized alcohols, Guerbet alcohols, or mixtures thereof. Preferably the laundry detergent composition comprises between 10% and 50%, between 15% and 45%, between 20% and 40%, or between 30% and 40% by weight of the laundry detergent composition of the non-soap anionic surfactant. In some examples, the non-ionic surfactant is selected from alcohol alkoxylate, an oxo-synthesised alcohol alkoxylate, Guerbet alcohol alkoxylates, alkyl phenol alcohol alkoxylates, or a mixture thereof. Preferably, the laundry detergent composition comprises between 0.01% and 10%, or between 0.01% and 8%, or between 0.1% and 6%, or between 0.15% and 5% by weight of the liquid laundry detergent composition of a non-ionic surfactant. Preferably, the laundry detergent composition comprises between 1.5% and 20%, between 2% and 15%, between 3% and 10%, or between 4% and 8% by weight of the laundry detergent composition of soap, in some examples a fatty acid salt, in some examples an amine neutralized fatty acid salt, wherein in some examples the amine is an alkanolamine preferably monoethanolamine. Preferably the liquid laundry detergent composition comprises less than 15%, or less than 12% by weight of the liquid laundry detergent composition of water. Preferably, the laundry detergent composition comprises between 10% and 40%, or between 15% and 30% by weight of the liquid laundry detergent composition of a non-aqueous solvent selected from 1,2-propanediol, dipropylene glycol, tripropyleneglycol, glycerol, sorbitol, polyethylene glycol or a mixture thereof. Preferably the liquid laundry detergent composition comprises from 0.1% to 10%, preferably from 0.5% to 8% by weight of the detergent composition of further soil release polymers, preferably selected from the group of nonionic and / or anionically modified polyester terephthalate soil release polymers such as commercially available under the Texcare brand name from Clariant, amphiphilic graft polymers such as those based on polyalkylene oxides and vinyl esters, polyalkoxylated polyethyleneimines, and mixtures thereof. Preferably the liquid detergent composition further comprises from 0.1% to 10% preferably from 1% to 5% of a chelant. In some examples, the laundry detergent composition comprises an adjunct ingredient selected from the group comprising builders including citrate, enzymes, bleach, bleach catalyst, dye, hueing dye, brightener, cleaning polymers including (zwitterionic) alkoxylated polyamines, surfactant, solvent, dye transfer inhibitors, perfume, encapsulated perfume, polycarboxylates, structurant, pH trimming agents, and mixtures thereof. Preferably, the laundry detergent composition has a pH between 6 and 10, between 6.5 and 8.9, or between 7 and 8, wherein the pH of the laundry detergent composition is measured as a 10% product concentration in demineralized water at 20°C. When liquid, the laundry detergent composition may be Newtonian or non-Newtonian, preferably non-Newtonian.

[0171] The following is an exemplary water-soluble unit dose formulation (Table 2). The composition can be part of a single chamber water soluble unit dose article or can be split over multiple compartments resulting in below "averaged across compartments" full article composition. The composition is enclosed within a polyvinyl alcohol-based water soluble, the polyvinyl alcohol comprising a blend of a polyvinyl alcohol homopolymer and an anionic e.g. carboxylated polyvinyl alcohol copolymer. Table 2.IngredientsComp. 5 (wt%)Fatty alcohol ethoxylate non-ionic surfactant, C 12-14 average degree of ethoxylation of 73.8Lutensol XL1000.5Linear C 11-14 alkylbenzene sulphonate24.6AE 3 S Ethoxylated alkyl sulphate with an average degree of ethoxylation of 312.5Citric acid0.7Palm Kernel Fatty acid5.3Nuclease enzyme* (wt% active protein)0.01Protease enzyme (wt% active protein)0.07Amylase enzyme (wt% active protein)0.005Xyloglucanese enzyme (wt% active protein)0.005Mannanase enzyme (wt% active protein)0.003Ethoxylated polyethyleneimine (Lutensol FP620 - PEI600EO20)1.4Amphiphilic graft copolymer**1.6Zwitterionic polyamine (Lutensit Z96)1.5Anionic polyester terephthalate (Texcare SRA300)0.6Polymer of the present invention3.0HEDP2.2Brightener 490.4Silicone anti-foam0.3Hueing dye0.051,2 PropaneDiol11.0Glycerine4.7DPG (DiPropyleneGlycol)1.7TPG (TriPropyleneGlycol)0.1Sorbitol0.1Monoethanolamine10.2K 2 SO 3 0.4MgCl 2 0.3Water10.5Hydrogenated castor oil0.1Perfume2.1Aesthetic dye & MinorsBalance to 100pH (10% product concentration in demineralized water at 20°C)7.4Description of super-scripts: *Nuclease enzyme is as claimed in co-pending European application 19219568.3 **polyethylene glycol graft polymer comprising a polyethylene glycol backbone (Pluriol E6000) and hydrophobic vinyl acetate side chains, comprising 40% by weight of the polymer system of a polyethylene glycol backbone polymer and 60% by weight of the polymer system of the grafted vinyl acetate side chains Solid Free-flowing Particulate Laundry Detergent Composition.

[0172] The laundry detergent composition can be a solid free-flowing particulate laundry detergent composition. The following is an exemplary solid free-flowing particulate laundry detergent composition (Table 3). Table 3.IngredientComp. 6 (wt%)Anionic detersive surfactant (such as alkyl benzene sulphonate, alkyl ethoxylated sulphate and mixtures thereof)from 8wt% to 15wt%Non-ionic detersive surfactant (such as alkyl ethoxylated alcohol)from 0.1wt% to 4wt%Cationic detersive surfactant (such as quaternary ammonium compounds)from 0wt% to 4wt%Other detersive surfactant (such as zwiterionic detersive surfactants, amphoteric surfactants and mixtures thereof)from 0wt% to 4wt%Carboxylate polymer (such as co-polymers of maleic acid and acrylic acid and / or carboxylate polymers comprising ether moieties and sulfonate moieties)from 0.1wt% to 4wt%Polyethylene glycol polymer (such as a polyethylene glycol polymer comprising polyvinyl acetate side chains)from 0wt% to 4wt%Polyester soil release polymer (such as Repel-o-tex and / or Texcare polymers)from 0wt% to 2wt%Cellulosic polymer (such as carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose and combinations thereof)from 0.5wt% to 2wt%Polymer of the present inventionFrom 0.1wt% to 4wt%Other polymer (such as polymers based on polysaccharide)from 0wt% to 4wt%Zeolite builder and phosphate builder (such as zeolite 4A and / or sodium tripolyphosphate)from 0wt% to 4wt%Other co-builder (such as sodium citrate and / or citric acid)from 0wt% to 3wt%Carbonate salt (such as sodium carbonate and / or sodium bicarbonate)from 0wt% to 20wt%Silicate salt (such as sodium silicate)from 0wt% to 10wt%Filler (such as sodium sulphate and / or bio-fillers)from 10wt% to 70wt%Source of hydrogen peroxide (such as sodium percarbonate)from 0wt% to 20wt%Bleach activator (such as tetraacetylethylene diamine (TAED) and / or nonanoyloxybenzenesulphonate (NOBS))from 0wt% to 8wt%Bleach catalyst (such as oxaziridinium-based bleach catalyst and / or transition metal bleach catalyst)from 0wt% to 0.1wt%Other bleach (such as reducing bleach and / or pre-formed peracid)from 0wt% to 10wt%Photobleach (such as zinc and / or aluminium sulphonated phthalocyanine)from 0wt% to 0.1wt%Chelant (such as ethylenediamine-N'N'-disuccinic acid (EDDS) and / or hydroxyethane diphosphonic acid (HEDP))from 0.2wt% to 1wt%Hueing agent (such as direct violet 9, 66, 99, acid red 50, solvent violet 13 and any combination thereof)from 0wt% to 1wt%Brightener (C.I. fluorescent brightener 260 or C.I. fluorescent brightener 351)from 0.1wt% to 0.4wt%Protease (such as Savinase, Savinase Ultra, Purafect, FN3, FN4 and any combination thereof)from 0.1wt% to 0.4wt%Amylase (such as Termamyl, Termamyl ultra, Natalase, Optisize, Stainzyme, Stainzyme Plus and any combination thereof)from 0wt% to 0.2wt%Cellulase (such as Carezyme and / or Celluclean)from 0wt% to 0.2wt%Lipase (such as Lipex, Lipolex, Lipoclean and any combination thereof)from 0wt% to 1wt%Other enzyme (such as xyloglucanase, cutinase, pectate lyase, mannanase, bleaching enzyme)from 0wt% to 2wt%Fabric softener (such as montmorillonite clay and / or polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS))from 0wt% to 15wt%Flocculant (such as polyethylene oxide)from 0wt% to 1wt%Suds suppressor (such as silicone and / or fatty acid)from 0wt% to 4wt%Perfume (such as perfume microcapsule, spray-on perfume, starch encapsulated perfume accords, perfume loaded zeolite, and any combination thereof)from 0.1wt% to 1wt%Aesthetics (such as coloured soap rings and / or coloured speckles / noodles)from 0wt% to 1wt%Miscellaneousbalance to 100wt% Fibrous Water-soluble Unit Dose Article.

[0173] The laundry detergent can be a fibrous water-soluble unit dose article. As used herein, the phrases "water-soluble unit dose article," "water-soluble fibrous structure", and "water-soluble fibrous element" mean that the unit dose article, fibrous structure, and fibrous element are miscible in water. In other words, the unit dose article, fibrous structure, or fibrous element is capable of forming a homogeneous solution with water at ambient conditions. "Ambient conditions" as used herein means 23°C ± 1.0°C and a relative humidity of 50% ± 2%. The water-soluble unit dose article may contain insoluble materials, which are dispersible in aqueous wash conditions to a suspension mean particle size that is less than about 20 microns, or less than about 50 microns.

[0174] The fibrous water-soluble unit dose article may include any of the disclosures found in U.S. Patent Application No. 15 / 880,594 filed on January 26, 2018; U.S. Patent Application No. 15 / 880,599 filed January 26, 2018; and U.S. Patent Application No. 15 / 880,604 filed January 26, 2018; incorporated by reference in their entirety. Preferred water-soluble fibrous structure comprises particles having a ratio of Linear Alkylbenzene Sulfonate to Alkylethoxylated Sulfate or Alkyl Sulfate of greater than 1.

[0175] These fibrous water-soluble unit dose articles can be dissolved under various wash conditions, e.g., low temperature, low water and / or short wash cycles or cycles where consumers have been overloading the machine, especially with items having high water absorption capacities, while providing sufficient delivery of active agents for the intended effect on the target consumer substrates (with similar performance as today's liquid products). Furthermore, the water-soluble unit dose articles described herein can be produced in an economical manner by spinning fibers comprising active agents. The water-soluble unit dose articles described herein also have improved cleaning performance.Method of Use.

[0176] The compositions of this invention, prepared as hereinbefore described, can be used to form aqueous washing / treatment solutions for use in the laundering / treatment of fabrics. Generally, an effective amount of such compositions is added to water, for example in a conventional fabric automatic washing machine, to form such aqueous laundering solutions. The aqueous washing solution so formed is then contacted, typically under agitation, with the fabrics to be laundered / treated therewith. An effective amount of the liquid detergent compositions herein added to water to form aqueous laundering solutions can comprise amounts sufficient to form from about 500 to 7,000 ppm of composition in aqueous washing solution, or from about 1,000 to 3,000 ppm of the laundry care compositions herein will be provided in aqueous washing solution.

[0177] Typically, the wash liquor is formed by contacting the composition with wash water in such an amount so that the concentration of the laundry care composition in the wash liquor is from above 0g / l to 5g / l, or from 1g / l, and to 4.5g / l, or to 4.0g / l, or to 3.5g / l, or to 3.0g / l, or to 2.5g / l, or even to 2.0g / l, or even to 1.5g / l. The method of laundering fabric or textile may be carried out in a top-loading or front-loading automatic washing machine or can be used in a hand-wash laundry application. In these applications, the wash liquor formed and concentration of laundry detergent composition in the wash liquor is that of the main wash cycle. Any input of water during any optional rinsing step(s) is not included when determining the volume of the wash liquor.

[0178] The wash liquor may comprise 40 liters or less of water, or 30 liters or less, or 20 liters or less, or 10 liters or less, or 8 liters or less, or even 6 liters or less of water. The wash liquor may comprise from above 0 to 15 liters, or from 2 liters, and to 12 liters, or even to 8 liters of water. Typically, from 0.01kg to 2kg of fabric per liter of wash liquor is dosed into said wash liquor. Typically, from 0.01kg, or from 0.05kg, or from 0.07kg, or from 0.10kg, or from 0.15kg, or from 0.20kg, or from 0.25kg fabric per liter of wash liquor is dosed into said wash liquor. Optionally, 50g or less, or 45g or less, or 40g or less, or 35g or less, or 30g or less, or 25g or less, or 20g or less, or even 15g or less, or even 10g or less of the composition is contacted to water to form the wash liquor. Such compositions are typically employed at concentrations of from about 500 ppm to about 15,000 ppm in solution. When the wash solvent is water, the water temperature typically ranges from about 5 °C to about 90 °C and, when the situs comprises a fabric, the water to fabric ratio is typically from about 1:1 to about 30:1. Typically the wash liquor comprising the laundry care composition of the invention has a pH of from 3 to 11.5.

[0179] In one aspect, such method comprises the steps of optionally washing and / or rinsing said surface or fabric, contacting said surface or fabric with any composition disclosed in this specification then optionally washing and / or rinsing said surface or fabric is disclosed, with an optional drying step.

[0180] Drying of such surfaces or fabrics may be accomplished by any one of the common means employed either in domestic or industrial settings. The fabric may comprise any fabric capable of being laundered in normal consumer or institutional use conditions, and the invention is suitable for cellulosic substrates and in some aspects also suitable for synthetic textiles such as polyester and nylon and for treatment of mixed fabrics and / or fibers comprising synthetic and cellulosic fabrics and / or fibers. As examples of synthetic fabrics are polyester, nylon, these may be present in mixtures with cellulosic fibers, for example, polycotton fabrics. The solution typically has a pH of from 7 to 11, more usually 8 to 10.5. The compositions are typically employed at concentrations from 500 ppm to 5,000 ppm in solution. The water temperatures typically range from about 5°C to about 90°C. The water to fabric ratio is typically from about 1:1 to about 30:1. Another method includes contacting a nonwoven substrate, which is impregnated with the detergent composition, with a soiled material. As used herein, "nonwoven substrate" can comprise any conventionally fashioned nonwoven sheet or web having suitable basis weight, caliper (thickness), absorbency, and strength characteristics. Non-limiting examples of suitable commercially available nonwoven substrates include those marketed under the trade names SONTARA ®< by DuPont and POLY WEB ®< by James River Corp.

[0181] The polysaccharide ester can prevent dye transfer during a laundering process when incorporated into a laundry detergent composition which additionally comprises a detersive surfactant. Particularly, the polysaccharide ester can prevent dye transfer onto synthetic fabric comprising polyethylene terephthalate (PET) during a laundering process in the presence of body soil.

[0182] In addition to the use of the polysaccharide ester in a laundry detergent composition to prevent dye transfer, the polysaccharide ester can also provide the following benefits when incorporated into a laundry detergent composition which additionally comprises a detersive surfactant: (i) sebum removal; and / or (ii) improved removal of oily / fatty stains; and / or (iii) soil removal of particulate stains; and / or (iv) dispersion and / or emulsification of soils; and / or (v) modification of treated surface to improve removal upon later re-soiling; and / or (vi) removal of malodourous species. Carbon source of raw materials:

[0183] The raw materials for preparation of the surfactant, polymers and other ingredients can be based on fossil carbon or renewable carbon. Renewable carbon is a carbon source that avoid the use of fossil carbon such as natural gas, coal, petroleum. Typically, renewable carbon is derived from the biomass, carbon capture, or chemical recycling.

[0184] Biomass is a renewable carbon source formed through photosynthesis in the presence of sunlight, or chemosynthesis process in the absence of sunlight. In some cases, polymers isolated from biomass can be used directly, or further derivatized to make performance polymers. For example, the use of polysaccharide (such as starch) and derivatized polysaccharide (such as cellulose derivatives, guar derivatives, dextran derivatives) in fabric home care composition are known. In some cases, biomass can be converted into basic chemicals under certain thermal, chemical, or biological conditions. For example, bioethanol can be derived from biomass such as straw, and further convert to biobased polyethylene glycol. Other nonlimiting examples of renewable carbon from biomass include plants (e.g., sugar cane, beets, corn, potatoes, citrus fruit, woody plants, lignocellulosics, hemicellulosics, cellulosic waste), animals, animal fats, fish, bacteria, fungi, plant-based oils, and forestry products. These resources can be naturally occurring, hybrids, or genetically engineered organisms.

[0185] Carbon capture is another renewable carbon source which use various process to capture CO 2 or methane from industrial or natural processes, or directly from air (direct capture). Captured methane and CO 2 maybe converted into syngas, and / or further convert to basic chemicals, including but not limit to methanol, ethanol, fatty alcohols such as C 12 / C 14 or even C 16 / C 18 alcohols, other alcohols, olefins, alkanes, saturated and unsaturated organic acids, etc. These basic chemicals can used as or further convert to monomers for making transformed to usable chemicals by e.g. catalytic processes, such as the Fischer-Tropsch process or by fermentation by C 1 -fixing microorganisms.

[0186] Chemical recycling is another renewable carbon source which allow plastics from waste management industry to be recycled and converted into base chemicals and chemical feedstocks. In some cases, waste plastics which cannot be re-used or mechanical recycled are convert to hydrocarbons or basic petrochemicals through gasification, pyrolysis or hydrothermal treatment processes, the hydrocarbons and basic petrochemicals can be further convert into monomers for polymers. In some cases, waste plastics are depolymerized into monomers to make new polymers. It is also possible that waste plastics are depolymerized into oligomers, the oligomers can be used as building blocks to make new polymers. The waste plastic converted by various processes to a waste plastic feedstock for the above materials may either be used alone or in combination with traditional surfactant feedstocks, such as kerosene, polyolefins derived from natural gas, coal, crude oil or even biomass, or waste fat / oil-derived paraffin and olefin, to produce biodegradable surfactants for use in detergents and other industries (thereby providing a benefit to society).

[0187] Preferably, the surfactant, polymers and other ingredients contains renewable carbon, the Renewable Carbon Index (RCI, a measure of sustainability by dividing the number of carbons derived from renewable sources by the total number of carbons in an active ingredient) of the polymer is above 10%, more preferably above 30%, more preferably above 50%, more preferably above 60%, more preferably between 70% to 100% (including 100%), and most preferably 100%.EXAMPLESExample 1. Synthesis of polysaccharide ester.Example 1.1 Preparation of Poly Alpha-1, 6-Glucan Samples

[0188] Methods to prepare poly alpha-1,6-glucan containing various amounts of alpha-1,2 branching are disclosed in published patent application WO2017 / 091533, which is incorporated herein by reference. Reaction parameters such as sucrose concentration, temperature, and pH can be adjusted to provide poly alpha-1,6-glucan having various levels of alpha-1,2-branching and molecular weight. A representative procedure for the preparation of alpha-1,2-branched poly alpha-1,6-glucan is provided below (containing 19% alpha-1,2-branching and 81% alpha-1,6 linkages). The 1D 1< H NMR spectrum was used to quantify glycosidic linkage distribution. Additional samples of poly alpha-1,6-glucan with alpha-1,2-branching were prepared similarly. For example, one sample contained 32% alpha-1,2-branching and 68% alpha-1,6 linkages, and another contained 10% alpha-1,2-branching and 90% alpha-1,6 linkages.Example 1.2 Preparation of Poly Alpha-1, 6-Glucan with 19% Alpha-1,2 Branching

[0189] Soluble alpha-1,2-branched poly alpha-1,6-glucan was prepared using stepwise combination of glucosyltransferase GTF8117 and alpha-1,2 branching enzyme GTFJ18T1, according to the following procedure.

[0190] A reaction mixture (2 L) comprised of sucrose (450 g / L), GTF8117 (9.4 U / mL), and 50 mM sodium acetate was adjusted to pH 5.5 and stirred at 47 °C. Aliquots (0.2 - 1 mL) were withdrawn at predetermined times and quenched by heating at 90 °C for 15 min. The resulting heat-treated aliquots were passed through 0.45-µm filter. The flow-through was analyzed by HPLC to determine the concentration of sucrose, glucose, fructose, leucrose, oligosaccharides and polysaccharides. After 23.5 h, the reaction mixture was heated to 90 °C for 30 minutes. An aliquot of the heat-treated reaction mixture was passed through 0.45-µm filter and the flow-through was analyzed for soluble mono / disaccharides, oligosaccharides, and polysaccharides. A major product was linear dextran with a DPw of 93.

[0191] A second reaction mixture was prepared by adding 238.2 g of sucrose and 210 mL of alpha-1,2-branching enzyme GTFJ18T1 (5.0 U / mL) to the leftover heat-treated reaction mixture that was obtained from the GTF8117 reaction described immediately above. The mixture was stirred at 30 °C with a volume of ∼ 2.2 L. Aliquots (0.2 - 1 mL) were withdrawn at predetermined times and quenched by heating at 90 °C for 15 min. The resulting heat-treated aliquots were passed through 0.45-µm filter. The flow-through was analyzed by HPLC to determine the concentration of sucrose, glucose, fructose, leucrose, oligosaccharides and polysaccharides. After 95 h, the reaction mixture was heated to 90 °C for 30 minutes. An aliquot of the heat-treated reaction mixture was passed through 0.45-µm filter and the flow-through was analyzed for soluble mono / disaccharides, oligosaccharides, and polysaccharides. Leftover heat-treated mixture was centrifuged using 1 L centrifugation bottles. The supernatant was collected and cleaned more than 200-fold using ultrafiltration system with 1 or 5 KDa MWCO cassettes and deionized water. The cleaned oligo / polysaccharide product solution was dried. Dry sample was then analyzed by 1< H NMR spectroscopy to determine the anomeric linkages of the oligosaccharides and polysaccharides.Example 1.3 Modification of Poly Alpha-1,6-Glucan with 2-Octen-1-yl Succinic Anhydride (Inventive Polymer Example 1)

[0192] Poly alpha-1,6-glucan powder (15 kDa, 9% alpha-1,2-branching and 91% alpha-1,6 linkages, 10 g) (prepared as described herein above) was dissolved in 15 mL water. To this stirring solution was added 2-octen-1-yl succinic anhydride (3 g). The pH of the mixture was adjusted to pH 9 - 10 with 2.5 wt% NaOH solution. The pH of the reaction was continually adjusted to maintain pH 11 for three hours. The mixture was then neutralized to pH 6.5-7.5. The solution was poured into 100 mL isopropanol to precipitate the polymer. The polymer was collected. This process was repeated two more times. The final polymer was dissolved in water and lyophilized to yield white powder. The degree of substitution was determined by 1< H NMR analysis to be 0.15.Example 1.4 Modification of Poly Alpha-1,6-Glucan with Benzoic Anhydride (Inventive Polymer Example 2)

[0193] A 4-neck, 250 mL round bottom flask containing a stir rod, thermocouple, addition funnel, and condenser with N 2 inlet on top was charged with a mixture of DMAc (100 mL), CaCl 2 ·2H 2 O (4 g), and poly alpha-1,6-glucan (68 kDa, 33% alpha-1,2 branching and 67% alpha 1,6 linkages). The reaction mixture was stirred at 75 °C until a clear solution was formed. Azeotropic distillation was then performed with toluene (25 mL). After that, K 2 CO 3 (6 g) and benzoic anhydride (17 g) were added. The reaction mixture was heated with an 88 °C oil bath for 4 hours. Once the reaction reached completion, it was cooled down to room temperature. The desired product was precipitated by isopropanol, washed by isopropanol / water (90 / 10), and the crude product was further purified through ultrafiltration (MWCO 3 KD) to afford 16 grams of solid. The degree of substitution was determined by 1< H NMR analysis to be 0.1.Example 1.5 Modification of Modification of Poly Alpha-1, 6-Glucan with Benzoyl Chloride and Glutaric Anhydride (Inventive Polymer Example 3)

[0194] Poly alpha-1,6-glucan powder (68 kDa, 33% alpha-1,2-branching and 67% alpha-1,6 linkages, 20 gram) was dissolved in DMAc (100 mL) at 80 °C. Toluene (25 mL) was added and distilled off to dry the reaction mixture. After that, glutaric anhydride (2.5 gram) and benzoyl chloride (14 gram) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 4 h. The product was precipitated and purified using isopropanol. 21 gram of desired material was produced. This product was determined to by 1< H NMR analysis to have DoS (benzoyl) of 0.26 and DoS (glutaroyl) of 0.12.Example 1.6 Modification of Modification of Poly Alpha-1,6-Glucan with Benzoyl Chloride and DMAc (Inventive Polymer Example 4)

[0195] Poly alpha-1,6-glucan powder (68 kDa, 33% alpha-1,2-branching and 67% alpha-1,6 linkages, 20 gram) was dissolved in dimethylacetamide (DMAc, 100 mL) at 80 °C. Azeotropic distillation was then performed with toluene (25 mL). After that, benzoyl chloride (17.5 gram) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 4 h. The product was precipitated and purified using isopropanol. It was determined by 1< H NMR analysis to have DoS (benzoyl) of 0.79 and DoS (acetyl) of 0.17.Example 1.7 Modification of Poly Alpha-1, 6-Glucan with Benzoyl Chloride (Inventive Polymer Example 5)

[0196] Poly alpha-1,6-glucan powder (68 kDa, 33% alpha-1,2-branching and 67% alpha-1,6 linkages, 20 gram) and CaCl 2 ·2H 2 O (4 gram) were dissolved in DMAc (100 mL) at 80 °C. Azeotropic distillation was then performed with toluene (25 mL). After that, K 2 CO 3 (6 gram) and benzoyl chloride (17.5 gram) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 105 minutes. The product was precipitated and purified using isopropanol. It was determined by 1< H NMR analysis to have DoS (benzoyl) of 0.25.Example 1.8 Modification of Poly Alpha-1, 6-Glucan with Benzoyl Chloride and Acetyl Chloride (Inventive Polymer Example 6)

[0197] Poly alpha-1,6-glucan powder (68 kDa, 33% alpha-1,2-branching and 67% alpha-1,6 linkages, 30 gram) was dissolved in DMAc (150 mL) at 90 °C. Azeotropic distillation was then performed with toluene (25 mL). After that, benzoyl chloride (16 gram) and acetyl chloride (3 gram) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 2 hrs. The product was precipitated and purified using isopropanol. 28 gram of desired material was produced. It was determined by 1< H NMR analysis to have DoS (benzoyl) of 0.37 and DoS (acetyl) of 0.36.Example 1.9 Modification of Poly Alpha-1,6-Glucan with Benzoyl Chloride and DMAc (Inventive Polymer Example 7)

[0198] Poly alpha-1,6-glucan powder (56 kDa, 22% alpha-1,2-branching and 78% alpha-1,6 linkages, 20 gram) and CaCl 2 ·2H 2 O (2 gram) were dissolved in DMAc (100 mL) at 90 °C. Azeotropic distillation was then performed with toluene (25 mL). After that, benzoyl chloride (17.5 gram) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 1 hr. The product was precipitated and purified using isopropanol. It was determined by 1< H NMR analysis to have DoS (benzoyl) of 0.33 and DoS (acetyl) of 0.14.Example 1.10 Modification of Poly Alpha-1,6-Glucan with Benzoyl Chloride and DMAc (Inventive Polymer Example 8)

[0199] Poly alpha-1,6-glucan powder (60 kDa, 10% alpha-1,2 branching and 90% alpha-1,6 linkages, 20 gram) and CaCl 2 ·2H 2 O (2 gram) were dissolved in DMAc (120 mL) at 90 °C. Azeotropic distillation was then performed with toluene (25 mL). After that, benzoyl chloride (15 gram) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 2 hrs. The product was precipitated and purified using isopropanol. 23 gram of desired material was produced. It was determined by 1< H NMR analysis to have DoS (benzoyl) of 0.29 and DoS (acetyl) of 0.09.Example 1.11 Modification of Poly Alpha-1,6-Glucan with Benzoyl Chloride and DMAc (Inventive Polymer Example 9)

[0200] Poly alpha-1,6-glucan (56 kDa, 21% alpha-1,2 branching and 79% alpha-1,6 linkages, 200 gram) was soaked in DMAc (1 L) overnight. The mixture heated to 88 °C. DMAc was distilled off under vacuum (~300 mL was removed). To the mixture remaining in the pot was added benzoyl chloride (102 gram) over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred for 5-10 minutes, then acetyl chloride (28 gram) was added (over 5-10 min). The reaction mixture was stirred at 88 °C for 1.5 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature. The crude product was precipitated in isopropanol and washed with isopropanol and dried. It was determined by 1< H NMR analysis to have DoS (benzoyl) of 0.36 and DoS (acetyl) of 0.44.Example 1.12 Modification of Poly Alpha-1,6-Glucan with 2-Furoyl Chloride (Inventive Polymer Example 10)

[0201] Poly alpha-1,6-glucan powder (56 kDa, 21% alpha-1,2-branching and 79% alpha-1,6 linkages, 20.18 gram) was suspended in DMAc (100 mL) and stirred overnight at room temperature. DMAc (21.81 g) was distilled off at 83 °C and 20 torr followed by the dropwise addition of 2-furoyl chloride (10.06 g) to the material remaining in the pot. The reaction mixture was stirred at 85 °C for 5 h. The product was precipitated and purified using isopropanol yielding 24.75 g of a light tan powder after vacuum drying. DoS (2-Furoyl): 0.21.Example 1.13 Modification of Poly alpha-1,3 glucan with Benzoyl Chloride (Inventive polymer Example 11-22)

[0202] To an agitated and jacketed 1liter resin kettle was added 550 g of dimethylacetamide, 37 grams of the poly alpha-1,3 glucan polymer (backbone MW: 120K) and 26 grams of calcium chloride dihydrate. After holding the contents at 70 °C over a period of 2.25 hours, the poly alpha-1,3 glucan and calcium chloride dihydrate went into solution. The contents were heated to 78 °C and then 21 ml of benzoyl chloride were fed over a 1.5 min period. The solution was held between 80 and 84 °C for 2 hours. Heat to the reactor was then turned off and vacuum was pulled to promote evaporative cooling of the reactor contents. After removing 65 g of DMAc overhead, the reactor pressure was raised back to atmospheric pressure and 443 g of the reactor liquor was poured into acetone for precipitation of the solids and then the solids were slurried twice with 1 liter of methanol to yield, after filtration and drying overnight. NMR analysis of the product indicated degree of substitution of benzoate content of 0.20 and an acetate content of 0.08.

[0203] Other inventive polymer examples 11-22 are summarized in Table 4 below: Table 4.Inventive PolymerModificationDSStarting polysaccharide Backbone MW (K)11benzoyl / acetyl ester0.20 / 0.0812012benzoyl / acetyl ester0.40 / 0.0412013benzoyl / acetyl ester0.14 / 0.1412014benzoyl / acetyl ester0.30 / 0.2312015benzoyl ester0.8312016benzoyl / acetyl ester0.32 / 0.1012017acetyl ester0.7012018acetyl ester0.2012019benzoyl ester0.2012020lauryl ester0.2112021lauryl ester0.1212022lauryl ester0.06120 Example 1.14 Modification of Poly alpha-1,6 glucan with Benzoyl Chloride (Inventive polymer Examples 23-31)

[0204] The procedure of example 1.13 is followed with the replacement of poly alpha-1,3 glucan polymer with poly alpha-1,6 glucan derivative and acetyl moiety introduced into the reaction mixture to produce Inventive Polymers 23-31. Inventive PolymerModificationDSBackbone MW (K)23benzoyl / acetyl ester0.38 / 0.114024benzoyl / acetyl ester0.30 / 0.154025benzoyl / acetyl ester0.30 / 0.304026benzoyl / acetyl ester0.41 / 0.334027benzoyl / acetyl ester0.28 / 0.074028benzoyl / acetyl ester0.38 / 0.394029benzoyl / acetyl ester0.44 / 0.394030benzoyl / acetyl ester0.20 / 0.404031benzoyl / acetyl ester0.20 / 0.4017

[0205] Example 2. Use polysaccharide ester in laundry composition to prevent dye transfer from washing solution.Example 2.1 Preparation of the mixed dye solution.

[0206] An indigo stock solution was prepared by adding 0.375 g of Indigo Blue into a glass jar, followed by 8.9 g of sodium cumene sulfonate solution (45% active in water) and 1.1 g of DI water. This solution was shaken rigorously before each use. In a separate jar, the mixed dye solution was prepared. 500 g of DI water were added to the jar, followed by 6.67 g of the Indigo Blue stock solution, 0.125 g of Reactive Blue 221, 0.125 g of Reactive Red 239, 0.125 g of Reactive Yellow 145, 0.125 g of Reactive Black W-NN, 0.165 g of Disperse Blue 79, 0.165 g of Disperse Red 167, 0.165 g of Disperse Orange 30 and 0.25 g of Sulphur Black 1. Table 5: dye material used to make a mixed dye solution.Dye MaterialColor Index NameSupplierReactive Blue C-BRFReactive Blue 221BA ColorNovacron Ruby S-3BReactive Red 239HuntsmanReactive Yellow 3RF 150%Reactive Yellow 145BA ColorTerasil Rubine 2GFL 150%Disperse Red 167HuntsmanTerasil Brown 2RFL 200%Disperse Orange 30HuntsmanTerasil Navy GRL-C 200%Disperse Blue 79HuntsmanNovacron Black W-NNReactive Black W-NNHuntsmanIndigo Blue---ZaitexSulphur Black ESulphur Black 1Zaitex Example 2.2 Method for evaluating dye transfer from washing solution in the presence of soil.

[0207] Dye transfer prevention is the ability of a detergent to prevent dyes to deposit onto a garment when they are washed in the presence of fugitive dyes. Many colored garments release dye into the wash water each time they are washed. Once in the wash water, these fugitive dyes can re-deposit onto clothing, acting like soil and making white items look dingy over time. When washed in the presence of soiled garments, soils are removed from dirty clothes in the wash, suspended by the detergent and can re-deposit onto clothing, making the garments less white each time they are washed. The re-deposition of dyes and soils (body soil, food, dirt, etc) cause white fabrics to turn dingy and dull.

[0208] The dye transfer prevention benefit of polymers as presently disclosed is evaluated using automatic Tergotometer with 10 pots and a 1000 mL water volume per pot. A mixture of common powdered dyes dissolved into water was used to mimic fugitive dyes that bled of colored garments (see Table 5). 6×6 cm SBL2004 test soil strips supplied by WFK Testgewebe GmbH are used to simulate consumer soil levels (mix of body soil, food, dirt etc.). Per pot, 17 SBL swatches were used. White Fabric swatches of Table 6 below purchased from WFK are used as whiteness tracers; for each test, four tracers per fabric code are used. Cotton and polyester cotton sourced from Calderon Textiles, LLC is used as ballast (5×5 cm in size). Per pot, a total fabric weight (white tracers, ballast and SBLs) of 60 g was used, about 22 g of cotton ballast and 16 g of poly cotton ballast.

[0209] The amount of dye transferred onto the acceptor fabrics can be described in terms of the change in L*, a*, b* before and after treatment of the fabric as measured via spectrophotometry (for example using a Konica Minolta CM-3610D spectrophotometer) and is reported as dE2000 value. As used herein, the dE2000 value includes the vector associated with the distance in the L*, a*, b* space between the initial L*, a*, b* value and the final L*, a*, b* value. Four test fabrics of the same fabric code and treatment are layered on top of each other to increase the thickness for each measurement. For each treatment, the average is formed of the four tracers (four internals) and across both externals. Table 6. Fabric tracer overview.Fabric CodeFiber Content% Fiber ContentFiber ConstructionCKCotton Knit100Weft KnitPCPolyester / Cotton65 / 35WeavePEPolyester100Weft KnitPSPolyester / Spandex95 / 5Weft KnitNote: All tracers are 5×5 cm in size and contain optical brightener and are desized with soft water, nil detergent before use.

[0210] Five cycles of wash are needed to complete a test. Each cycle consists of a 12 min wash and 5 min rinse. Fabrics (ballast and tracers) are tumble dried in between cycles, used SBL swatches are discarded after each run. Konica Minolta readings are performed pre-wash (initial reading) and post-wash (after the 5 th< cycle). For each treatment, which here refers to the detergent tested, two externals are run (n=2). For each cycle, the fabric tracers, ballast and soil sheets are layered in a way to prevent the whiteness tracers to be in direct contact with the soil sheets.

[0211] Cycle 1: A pot is filled with 1000 mL of water (7 gpg hardness, temperature = 25 °C). Afterwards, the desired amount of detergent (reco dose adjusted for 1L volume) and dye solution (5 g) is added to the pot and allowed to mix in for 60 sec. After mixing, the whiteness tracer / ballast / soil sheets are added to the wash and the program is run. After the wash, a 5 min rinse (7 gpg hardness, temperature = 15 °C) is run and once completed the SBL strips are separated from the ballast and the whiteness tracers and are discarded. The whiteness tracers and ballast from the respective treatment are tumble dried together. A clean out is run in between cycles to remove any leftover dye, soil or detergent.

[0212] Cycle 2-5: The dried whiteness tracers are washed again with the dried ballast from the same treatment and a new set of SBL2004 sheets following the same procedure as described in cycle 1. Note that treatments are rotated in a random fashion across the wash pots for each cycle. This procedure is repeated for cycle 2, 3, 4 and 5.

[0213] After Cycle 5, the ballast is discarded, and all whiteness tracers are dried and then measured again using Konica Minolta CM-3610D spectrophotometer. The changes in dE2000 are calculated based on L*, a*, b* measure before and after wash.

[0214] The automatic FlexWash has 10 pots, up to 5 products can be tested in one test, allowing for 2 externals (n=2) per treatment. In a typical dye pickup inhibition performance test, one reference product contains a comparative polymer, or no polymer and is tested together with 4 products containing inventive polymers, "ddE2000 versus reference" is reported. ddE2000 versus reference = dE2000 reference − dE2000 product .

[0215] The lower the dE2000 value, the better the performance of the technology.Example 2.3 Benefit of polysaccharide ester

[0216] Detergent formulation outlined in Table 7 were prepared by traditional means known to those of ordinary skill in the art by mixing the listed ingredients and evaluated using method described in Example 2.3. The result is summarized in Table 8. Table 7. Examples of comparative and inventive formula.Ingredient (% weight)Composition with no polymerComposition with inventive polysaccharide esterNI 9< 10.510.5SLS 10< 6.096.09Polymer Example 2901.0Citric Acid 11< 3.03.0Chelant 12< 0.7110.711NaOH1.5401.540Calcium Formate0.1850.185Protease 13< 0.0520.052Amylase 14< 0.0070.007BIT0.0110.011Xyloglucanase 15< 0.0250.025Mannanase 16< 0.0010.001Water, solvents, stabilizers, and Minorsbalancebalance9. Fatty alcohol ethoxylate non-ionic surfactant, C 10-16 with average degree of ethoxylation between 6 and 8 10. C12 / C14 Alkyl Sulfate sourced from P&G Chemicals 11. Citrosol 502 commercially available from Archer Daniels Midland 12. Chelant is DISSOLVINE GL-47-S commercially available from AkzoNobel 13. Protease commercially available from Novozyme 14. Amylase commercially available from Novozymes 15. Whitezyme 2.0 commercially available from Novozymes 16. Mannanase commercially available from Novozymes

[0217] The test data in Table 8 demonstrates that the inventive polymer prevent dye transfer vs. reference for all fabric types, particularly for polyester and polyspandex fabric expressed as ddE2000. Table 8: Dye pickup inhibition expressed as dE2000 and ddE2000 of technology vs. nil polymer reference for different whiteness tracers.FabricTreatmentdE2000ddE2000CKChassis nil polymer3.6---Chassis with 1% polysaccharide ester3.3-0.3PCChassis nil polymer5.5---Chassis with 1% polysaccharide ester4.8-0.7PEChassis nil polymer11.3---Chassis with 1% polysaccharide ester8.9-2.4PSChassis nil polymer12.4---Chassis with 1% polysaccharide ester9.3-3.1

[0218] Example 3. Use polysaccharide ester in detergent composition to reduce dye transfer from dye bleeders to polyester fabric in the presence of soil.Example 3.1 Methods.

[0219] The effect of using polysaccharide ester in detergent composition to reduce dye transfer from dye bleeders to polyester fabric is evaluated using an automatic Tergotometer with 10 pots. White Fabric swatches of Table 9 below purchased from WFK Testgewebe GmbH are used as tracers. Table 9. Fabric tracer for dye transfer inhibition testCodeFiber Content% Fiber ContentFabric ConstructionSizeWFK CodePEPolyester100Weft Knit(5×5cm)19508_5×5_stamped Sebum material and dyed bleeder outlined in Table 10 below are purchased from CFT to be used in test. Table 10: Materials from CFT used in test CodeDescriptionSizeSebum BeySebum according to BEY1kgAISE 30Red disperse dye (anthraquinone) on Polyester (used as dye bleeder)5×5cm

[0220] The fabric tracers were preconditioned for 3 cycles in an automatic tergotometer as follows: Preconditioning Cycles 1-3: White polyesters fabric swatches mentioned above (4 replicates) are washed in the tergotometer under defined conditions: detergent concentration is 2300ppm in 1L solution with inventive polymer concentration at 58.6ppm; water hardness is 8gpg. The load is made up to 30g with mixed polyester / polycotton ballast in 2:1 ratio. The wash temperature is 25°C and length of wash is 12 mins. After washing, the wash liquor is drained, and the polyester fabric swatches are then rinsed once in the tergotometer pots using water (water hardness is 8gpg, pH at 7, rinse cycle is 5min and temperature 15°C). This is repeated so overall the fabric goes through 3 cycles in order to precondition with polymer prior to staining.

[0221] Polyester fabric swatches are then dried overnight under humidity and temperature control (50% RH, 20 ± 2°C). Once dry, the preconditioned Polyester fabric swatches are then treated with Sebum BEY from CFT. Sebum is melted in oven at 50°C, 100 µl is applied onto middle of each square of fabric and stains left in oven for 5 minute to allow to wick then left overnight under humidity and temperature control (50% RH, 20 ± 2°C).

[0222] Cycle 4: Desired amount of detergent with no polymer (formulation below Table 11) is fully dissolved by mixing with 1L water in each tergotometer pot. 60 grams of fabrics, including stained tracers (2 replicates), 20 5×5cm AISE 30 swatches and knitted cotton ballast are washed in the tergotometer pot under defined conditions: detergent concentration is 2300ppm; wash temperature is 25°C; water hardness is 8gpg; length of wash is 12mins. This is repeated for each treatment in order to give a total of 4 stain replicates.

[0223] After the wash, the wash liquor is drained, and the polyester fabric swatches and ballast are then rinsed once in the tergotometer pots using water (water hardness is 8gpg, rinse cycle is 5min).

[0224] The formulation of the detergent compositions used in this test is summarized in Table 11, they can be prepared by traditional means known to those of ordinary skill in the art by mixing the listed ingredients. To clearly illustrate the dye transfer inhibition effect of the inventive polysaccharide esters, the detergent used for all treatments in Cycle 4 does not contain polymers, the deposition of inventive polysaccharide esters onto fabric happened in Cycle 1-3 of the test.

[0225] Fabric tracers are then dried overnight under humidity and temperature control (50% RH, 20 ± 2°C). Dye transfer inhibition is evaluated through image analysis. Stain images are collected before and after washing against a white background with a reflection spectro-photometer (DigiEye). Images are analysed using DigiEye software. For each fabric the colour of the sebum stains (where sebum is applied) and white background (where sebum is not applied) are evaluated by measuring the coordinates L*, a*, and b* defined in the CIELAB color system before and after wash. a* is a measure of the red-green scale, a higher a* value indicates a redder color, the difference in this test is measured relative to the initial clean fabric. The dye bleeder swatch (AISE-30) used in this test is red so a lower a* value vs initial indicates less dye pick up. When soil is included on stain such as sebum it is found that the soiled area picks up most hydrophobic dye and when measuring colour change the largest difference is observed. Table 11. Detergent composition used.Ingredient (% weight)Composition with no polymerComposition with inventive polysaccharide esterWater65.5465.54C 14-15 Nonionic surfactant9.119.11C 12-18 Alkyl sulfate7.117.11C 10-16 LAS6.316.31Propylene Glycol2.532.53Inventive Polysaccharide ester 902.5Ethanolamine1.631.63C 10-16 Nonionic surfactant1.021.02Perfume0.750.75Citric Acid0.620.62Ethanol0.610.61C 12 -C 15 AES0.490.49C 10 -C 16 Amine oxide0.240.24Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate0.210.21NaOH0.160.16Sorbitol0.100.10Silicone Suds suppressor0.100.10Hydrogenated Castor Oil0.100.10Sodium cumene sulphonate0.090.09Calcium Formate0.080.08C 12-18 Fatty Acid0.070.07Protease0.060.06Sodium Formate0.060.06Sulfuric Acid0.050.052,2'-Iminodi(ethylamine)0.050.05DiPropyleneglycol0.030.03Na 2 SO 4 0.030.03Hueing dye0.030.03Amylase0.010.01BIT0.010.01Dye0.010.01Mannanase0.0010.001MinorsBalanceBalance Example 3.2 Benefit of polysaccharide ester

[0226] Performance of polysaccharide ester in detergent composition to reduce dye transfer from dye bleeders to polyester fabric is evaluated according to the method above. The delta a* vs composition with no polymer is reported in Table 12 as an indication of dye transfer inhibition benefit where a lower a* indicates less dye pick up. Table 12.Preconditioning TreatmentDelta a* value vs initial (on where sebum is applied)Chassis nil polymer (Ref)RefChassis with 1% inventive polysaccharide ester 9-0.34ss: denotes significant difference vs ref using students t-test

[0227] The dimensions and values disclosed herein are not to be understood as being strictly limited to the exact numerical values recited. Instead, unless otherwise specified, each such dimension is intended to mean both the recited value and a functionally equivalent range surrounding that value. For example, a dimension disclosed as "40 mm" is intended to mean "about 40 mm".

Examples

example 1.11

Example 1.11 Modification of Poly Alpha-1,6-Glucan with Benzoyl Chloride and DMAc (Inventive Polymer Example 9)

[0200]Poly alpha-1,6-glucan (56 kDa, 21% alpha-1,2 branching and 79% alpha-1,6 linkages, 200 gram) was soaked in DMAc (1 L) overnight. The mixture heated to 88 °C. DMAc was distilled off under vacuum (~300 mL was removed). To the mixture remaining in the pot was added benzoyl chloride (102 gram) over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred for 5-10 minutes, then acetyl chloride (28 gram) was added (over 5-10 min). The reaction mixture was stirred at 88 °C for 1.5 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature. The crude product was precipitated in isopropanol and washed with isopropanol and dried. It was determined by 1< H NMR analysis to have DoS (benzoyl) of 0.36 and DoS (acetyl) of 0.44.

Example 1.12 Modification of Poly Alpha-1,6-Glucan with 2-Furoyl Chloride (Inventive Polymer Example 10)

[0201]Poly alpha-1,6-glucan powder (56 kDa, 21% alpha-1,2-branchin...

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

[0001] The present invention relates to the use of certain polysaccharide ester in a laundry composition to prevent dye transfer during a laundering process.BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

[0002] Dye transfer can be a problem when consumers laundering dark-coloured items together with light-coloured or white items. The dye transfer problem may be mitigated certain dye transfer inhibition technologies, such technologies are typically designed to reduce dye bleeding from coloured items, and / or keep dye (come from the bleeding of coloured item) suspended in washing solution and not redeposit back to other items, especially the light-coloured or white items. However, real consumer laundry processes are more complex: the dark-coloured and light-coloured items may themselves contain soil, and / or may be washed together with items that contain soil. Therefore, there is a need for new technologies that can effectively prevent dye transfer in the presence of soil.

[0003] The inventors found that certain polysaccharide esters prevent dye transfer during laundering process in the presence of soil when incorporated into a laundry detergent composition that additionally comprises a detersive surfactant.SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

[0004] The present invention relates to the use of a polysaccharide ester in a laundry detergent composition to prevent dye transfer during a laundering process, wherein the polysaccharide ester: (a) comprises a polysaccharide backbone; (b) comprises one or more ester group attached to the polysaccharide backbone; (c) has a degree of polymerization (DPn) in the range of from 5 to 1400; and (d) has a degree of substitution of ester groups in the range of from 0.001 to 1.50, wherein the laundry detergent composition additionally comprises a detersive surfactant. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTIONLaundry detergent composition

[0005] Laundry detergent composition of this invention can be in any form useful for washing clothes or other things made of cloth. Suitable laundry detergent compositions include laundry detergent powder compositions, laundry beads, laundry detergent liquid compositions, laundry detergent gel compositions, laundry sheets, and water-soluble unit dose laundry detergent compositions. The laundry detergent can be introduced into laundering process at different stages, including pretreat stage, main wash stage, and / or rinse stage. More details on representative laundry detergent compositions can be found later in this description.Polysaccharide ester

[0006] The polysaccharide ester: (a) comprises a polysaccharide backbone; (b) comprises one or more ester group attached to the polysaccharide backbone; (c) has a degree of polymerization (DPn) in the range of from 5 to 1400; and (d) has a degree of substitution of ester groups in the range of from 0.001 to 1.50, wherein the laundry composition additionally comprises a detersive surfactant.

[0007] The polysaccharide backbone can be any polysaccharide that derived from renewable resources, like plants, animals, and microorganisms, or from any known polysaccharide synthesis processes.

[0008] Preferably, the polysaccharide backbone comprises cellulose, starch, guar, dextran, polyglucan, chitin, curdlan, xylose, Inulin, pullulan, locust bean gum, cassia gum, tamarind gum (xyloglucan), xanthan gum, amylose, amylopectin, scleroglucan and mixtures thereof.

[0009] More preferably, the polysaccharide backbone comprises alpha-1,6-, alpha-1,2-, and / or alpha-1,3-glycosidic linkages, and has a degree of polymerization (DPn) in the range of from 5 to 1400, preferably from 8 to 1000, more preferably from 15 to 800, more preferably from 20 to 700, more preferably from 30 to 600. Typical DPn value can be 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, and any numbers in between.

[0010] In one embodiment, the polysaccharide backbone comprises 50% or more, preferably 60% or more, more preferably 70% or more, more preferably 80% or more, most preferably 90% or more, of the glucose monomer units linked via alpha-1,6-glycosidic linkages; and from 0 to 50%, preferably from 0 to 40%, more preferably from 1 to 30%, more preferably from 2 to 20%, most preferably from 3 to 10% glucose units of the polysaccharide backbone linked via alpha-1,2- and / or alpha-1,3-glycosidic linkages. Preferably, at least 5% of glucose units of the polysaccharide backbone contains branches via alpha-1,2- and / or alpha-1,3-glycosidic linkages. More preferably, at least 5% of glucose units of the polysaccharide backbone contains branches via alpha-1,2-glycosidic linkages.

[0011] In another embodiment, the polysaccharide backbone is a poly alpha-1,3-glucan comprises less than about 20%, 10%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, or 0% (or any integer value between 0% and 20%) of glycosidic linkages that are not alpha-1,3-glycosidic linkages.

[0012] The one or more ester group attached to the polysaccharide backbone is selected from an aryl ester group, an acyl group, and any combination thereof.

[0013] Typically, the aryl ester group comprises a benzoyl group, a benzoyl group substituted with at least one halogen, alkyl, halogenated alkyl, ether, cyano, carboxyl, amino, or aldehyde group, a 2-furoyl group, or a combination thereof. Preferably, the aryl ester group comprises a benzoyl group, a 2-furoyl group. More preferably, the aryl ester group is a benzoyl group.

[0014] Typically, the acyl group has a structural of (X), wherein R is a linear or branched C 1 to C 24 alkyl group, a linear or branched C 1 to C 24 alkenyl group, a C 1 to C 24 alkyl group substituted with at least one halogen, aryl, ether, cyano, carboxyl, amino, or aldehyde group, a C 1 to C 24 alkenyl group substituted with at least one halogen, aryl, ether, cyano, carboxyl, amino, or aldehyde group, or any combination thereof.

[0015] Preferably, wherein R is a linear or branched C 1 to C 24 alkyl group, a C 1 to C 24 alkyl group substituted with at least one halogen, aryl, ether, cyano, carboxyl, amino, or aldehyde group, or any combination thereof. More preferably, the R is a linear or branched C 1 to C 24 alkyl group. More preferably, R is selected from -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , -CH(CH 3 ) 2 . Most preferably, R is -CH 3 .

[0016] In one preferred embodiment, the polyglucan ester comprises an aryl ester group and an acyl group. More preferably, the aryl ester group comprises a benzoyl group, and the acyl group has a structural of (X), wherein R is selected from -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , -CH(CH 3 ) 2 , more preferably R is -CH 3 .

[0017] The degree of substitution of ester groups is from 0.01 to 1.50, preferably from 0.02 to 1.00, more preferably from 0.10 to 0.80, more preferably from 0.20 to 0.75, such as 0.30, 0.40, 0.50, 0.60, 0.70. Herein, the degree of substitution of ester groups includes all types of ester groups attached to the polysaccharide backbone.

[0018] If more than one type of ester group exists in the polysaccharide ester, it is understood that any ratios are possible. For example, when the polyglucan ester comprises an aryl ester group and an acyl group, the molar ratio between the aryl ester group and the acyl group is between 100:0 to 0:100, such as 95:5, 90:10, 80:20, 70:30, 60:40, 50:50, 40:60, 30:70, 20:80, 10:90, 5:95. The type and the ratio between the ester groups can be adjusted to optimize the solubility and performance of the polysaccharide ester.

[0019] In addition to the ester groups described above, the polysaccharide ester may further comprise other functional groups linked to the polysaccharide backbone via ether, carbamate, carbonate ester, sulfonate ester linkages. If exist, it is preferred that the total degree of substitution for other functional groups linked to the polysaccharide backbone via ether, carbamate, carbonate ester, sulfonate ester linkages is less than 1.00, more preferably less than 0.80, more preferably less than 0.40, more preferably less than 0.20, even more preferably less than 0.10. It is more preferably that the polysaccharide ester does not comprise other functional groups linked to the polysaccharide backbone via ether, carbamate, carbonate ester, sulfonate ester linkages.

[0020] Depending on reaction conditions and the specific substituent used to derivatize the polysaccharide, the glucose monomers of the polymer backbone may be disproportionately substituted relative to the glucose monomers of any branches, including branches via alpha-1,2 and / or alpha-1,3 linkages, if present. In one embodiment, the glucose monomers of the branches, including branches via alpha-1,2 and / or alpha-1,3 linkages, if present, may be disproportionately substituted relative to the glucose monomers of the polymer backbone. In some embodiments, depending on reaction conditions and the specific substituent used, substitution may occur in a block manner or random manner.

[0021] The polysaccharide ester can be biodegradable or non-biodegradable. Preferably, the polysaccharide ester is biodegradable.

[0022] Suitable polysaccharide esters are alpha 1,3-polyglucans and / or 1,6-polyglucans esters. The polyglucan esters which described in WO2021252562, WO2021252559, WO2021252575, WO2021252563 are especially preferred due to their cleaning performance and biodegradability profiles.

[0023] Depending on reaction conditions, degree of polymerization (DPn) for the backbone may reduce so that the DPn of polysaccharide backbone of the polysaccharide ester (after adding ester function group) is lower than the DPn of the polysaccharide backbone starting materials (before adding ester functional group). The DPn reduction is typically less than 80%, preferably less than 70%, 60% 50%, 40%, 30% or 20%, more preferably less than 10% vs the polysaccharide starting material. The DPn of polysaccharide backbone of the polysaccharide ester (after adding ester function group) in the range of from 5 to 1400, preferably from 8 to 1000, more preferably from 15 to 800, more preferably from 20 to 700, more preferably from 30 to 600. Typical DPn value can be 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, and numbers in between.Detersive surfactant

[0024] The laundry detergent composition of this invention comprises a detersive surfactant. Typically, the composition comprises, by weight of the composition, from about 1% to about 70% of detersive surfactant, preferably from about 2% to about 60%, more preferably from about 5% to about 30%. The detersive surfactant is selected from anionic surfactants, non-ionic surfactant, cationic surfactants, zwitterionic surfactants and amphoteric surfactants and mixtures thereof. Those of ordinary skill in the art will understand that a detersive surfactant encompasses any surfactant or mixture of surfactants that provide cleaning, stain removing, or laundering benefit to soiled material. Suitable surfactants may be linear or branched, substituted or un-substituted, and may be derived from petrochemical material or biomaterial.Anionic surfactant:

[0025] Anionic surfactants include, but are not limited to, those surface-active compounds that contain an organic hydrophobic group containing generally 8 to 22 carbon atoms or generally 8 to 18 carbon atoms in their molecular structure and at least one water-solubilizing group preferably selected from sulfonate, sulfate, and carboxylate so as to form a water-soluble compound. Usually, the hydrophobic group will comprise a C 8 -C 22 alkyl, or acyl group. Such surfactants are employed in the form of water-soluble salts and the salt-forming cation usually is selected from sodium, potassium, ammonium, magnesium and alkanolamines, with the sodium cation being the usual one chosen.

[0026] Anionic surfactants of the present invention and adjunct anionic cosurfactants, may exist in an acid form, and said acid form may be neutralized to form a surfactant salt which is desirable for use in the present detergent compositions. Typical agents for neutralization include the metal counterion base such as hydroxides, e.g., NaOH or KOH. Further preferred agents for neutralizing anionic surfactants of the present invention and adjunct anionic surfactants or cosurfactants in their acid forms include ammonia, amines, oligamines, or alkanolamines. Alkanolamines are preferred. Suitable non-limiting examples including monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, and other linear or branched alkanolamines known in the art; for example, highly preferred alkanolamines include 2-amino-1-propanol, 1-aminopropanol, monoisopropanolamine, or 1-amino-3-propanol. Amine neutralization may be done to a full or partial extent, e.g. part of the anionic surfactant mix may be neutralized with sodium or potassium and part of the anionic surfactant mix may be neutralized with amines or alkanolamines.

[0027] Suitable sulphonate surfactants include methyl ester sulphonates, alpha olefin sulphonates, alkyl benzene sulphonates, especially alkyl benzene sulphonates, preferably C 10- C 13 alkyl benzene sulphonate. Suitable alkyl benzene sulphonate (LAS) is obtainable, preferably obtained, by sulphonating commercially available linear alkyl benzene (LAB). Suitable LAB includes low 2-phenyl LAB, such as those supplied by Sasol under the tradename Isochem ®< or those supplied by Petresa under the tradename Petrelab ®< , other suitable LAB include high 2-phenyl LAB, such as those supplied by Sasol under the tradename Hyblene ®< . A suitable anionic surfactant is alkyl benzene sulphonate obtained by DETAL catalyzed process, although other synthesis routes, such as HF, may also be suitable. In one aspect a magnesium salt of LAS is used. Preferably, the composition may contain from about 0.5% to about 30%, by weight of the laundry composition, of an HLAS surfactant selected from alkyl benzene sulfonic acids, alkali metal or amine salts of C 10 -C 16 alkyl benzene sulfonic acids, wherein the HLAS surfactant comprises greater than 50% C 12 , preferably greater than 60%, preferably greater than 70% C 12 , more preferably greater than 75%.

[0028] Suitable sulphate surfactants include alkyl sulphate, preferably C 8-18 alkyl sulphate, or predominantly C 12 alkyl sulphate. A preferred sulphate surfactant is alkyl alkoxylated sulphate, preferably alkyl ethoxylated sulphate, preferably a C 8 -C 18 alkyl alkoxylated sulphate, preferably a C 8 -C 18 alkyl ethoxylated sulphate, preferably the alkyl alkoxylated sulphate has an average degree of alkoxylation of from 0.5 to 20, preferably from 0.5 to 10, preferably the alkyl alkoxylated sulphate is a C 8 -C 18 alkyl ethoxylated sulphate having an average degree of ethoxylation of from 0.5 to 10, preferably from 0.5 to 5, more preferably from 0.5 to 3 or from about 1.5 to 3 or from about 1.8 to 2.5. The alkyl alkoxylated sulfate may have a broad alkoxy distribution or a peaked alkoxy distribution. The alkyl portion of the AES may include, on average, from 13.7 to about 16 or from 13.9 to 14.6 carbons atoms. At least about 50% or at least about 60% of the AES molecule may include having an alkyl portion having 14 or more carbon atoms, preferable from 14 to 18, or from 14 to 17, or from 14 to 16, or from 14 to 15 carbon atoms.

[0029] The alkyl sulphate, alkyl alkoxylated sulphate and alkyl benzene sulphonates may be linear or branched, including 2 alkyl substituted or mid chain branched type, substituted or un-substituted, and may be derived from petrochemical material or biomaterial. Preferably, the branching group is an alkyl. Typically, the alkyl is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, cyclic alkyl groups and mixtures thereof. Single or multiple alkyl branches could be present on the main hydrocarbyl chain of the starting alcohol(s) used to produce the sulfated anionic surfactant used in the detergent of the invention. Most preferably the branched sulfated anionic surfactant is selected from alkyl sulfates, alkyl ethoxy sulfates, and mixtures thereof.

[0030] Alkyl sulfates and alkyl alkoxy sulfates are commercially available with a variety of chain lengths, ethoxylation and branching degrees. Commercially available sulfates include those based on Neodol alcohols ex the Shell company, Lial - Isalchem and Safol ex the Sasol company, natural alcohols ex The Procter & Gamble Chemicals company.

[0031] Other suitable anionic surfactants include alkyl ether carboxylates, comprising a C 10 -C 26 linear or branched, preferably C 10 -C 20 linear, most preferably C 16 -C 18 linear alkyl alcohol and from 2 to 20, preferably 7 to 13, more preferably 8 to 12, most preferably 9.5 to 10.5 ethoxylates. The acid form or salt form, such as sodium or ammonium salt, may be used, and the alkyl chain may contain one cis or trans double bond. Alkyl ether carboxylic acids are available from Kao (Akypo ®< ), Huntsman (Empicol ®< ) and Clariant (Emulsogen ®< ).

[0032] Other suitable anionic surfactants are rhamnolipids. The rhamnolipids may have a single rhamnose sugar ring or two rhamnose sugar rings.Non-ionic surfactant:

[0033] Suitable non-ionic surfactants are selected from the group consisting of: C 8 -C 18 alkyl ethoxylates, such as, NEODOL ®< non-ionic surfactants from Shell; C 6 -C 12 alkyl phenol alkoxylates wherein preferably the alkoxylate units are ethyleneoxy units, propyleneoxy units or a mixture thereof; C 12 -C 18 alcohol and C 6 -C 12 alkyl phenol condensates with ethylene oxide / propylene oxide block polymers such as Pluronic ®< from BASF; alkylpolysaccharides, preferably alkylpolyglycosides; methyl ester ethoxylates; polyhydroxy fatty acid amides; ether capped poly(oxyalkylated) alcohol surfactants; and mixtures thereof.

[0034] Preferred non-ionic surfactants are alkylpolyglucoside and / or an alkyl alkoxylated alcohol. Suitable alkyl alkoxylated alcohols include C 8 -C 18 alkyl alkoxylated alcohol, preferably a C 10 -C 14 alkyl ethoxylated alcohol, preferably the alkyl alkoxylated alcohol has an average degree of alkoxylation of from 1 to 50, preferably from 1 to 30, or from 1 to 20, or from 1 to 10, preferably the alkyl alkoxylated alcohol is a C 8 -C 18 alkyl ethoxylated alcohol having an average degree of ethoxylation of from 1 to 10, preferably from 1 to 7, more preferably from 1 to 5 and most preferably from 3 to 7. In one aspect, the alkyl alkoxylated alcohol is a C 12- C 15 alkyl ethoxylated alcohol having an average degree of ethoxylation of from 7 to 10. The alkyl alkoxylated alcohol can be linear or branched, and substituted or un-substituted. Suitable nonionic surfactants include those with the trade name Lutensol ®< from BASF. The alkyl alkoxylated alcohol may have a broad alkoxy distribution for example Alfonic 1214-9 Ethoxylate or a peaked alkoxy distribution for example Novel 1214-9, both commercially available from Sasol.Cationic surfactant:

[0035] Suitable cationic surfactants include alkyl pyridinium compounds, alkyl quaternary ammonium compounds, alkyl quaternary phosphonium compounds, alkyl ternary sulphonium compounds, and mixtures thereof.

[0036] Preferred cationic surfactants are quaternary ammonium compounds having the general formula:         (R)(R 1 )(R 2 )(R 3 )N +< X wherein, R is a linear or branched, substituted or unsubstituted C 6-18 alkyl or alkenyl moiety, R 1 and R 2 are independently selected from methyl or ethyl moieties, R 3 is a hydroxyl, hydroxymethyl or a hydroxyethyl moiety, X is an anion which provides charge neutrality, preferred anions include: halides, preferably chloride; sulphate; and sulphonate.

[0037] The laundry detergent compositions of the present invention may contain up to about 30%, preferably from 0.01% to 20%, more preferably from 0.1% to 10%, more preferably from 0.2% to 5%, most preferably from 0.3 to 2.5%, by weight of the composition, of a cationic surfactant.

[0038] For the purposes of the present invention, cationic surfactants include those which can deliver fabric care benefits. Non-limiting examples of useful cationic surfactants include: fatty amines, imidazoline quat materials and quaternary ammonium surfactants, preferably N, N-bis(stearoyl-oxy-ethyl) N,N-dimethyl ammonium chloride, N,N-bis(tallowoyl-oxy-ethyl) N,N-dimethyl ammonium chloride, N,N-bis(stearoyl-oxy-ethyl) N-(2 hydroxyethyl) N-methyl ammonium methyl sulfate; 1, 2 di (stearoyl-oxy) 3 trimethyl ammoniumpropane chloride; dialkylenedimethylammonium salts such as dicanoladimethylammonium chloride, di(hard)tallowdimethylammonium chloride dicanoladimethylammonium methyl sulfate; 1-methyl-1-stearoylamidoethyl-2-stearoylimidazolinium methyl sulfate; 1-tallowylamidoethyl-2-tallowylimidazoline; N,N"-dialkyldiethylenetriamine ;the reaction product of N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-1,2-ethylenediamine or N-(2-hydroxyisopropyl)-1,2-ethylenediamine with glycolic acid, esterified with fatty acid, where the fatty acid is (hydrogenated) tallow fatty acid, palm fatty acid, hydrogenated palm fatty acid, oleic acid, rapeseed fatty acid, hydrogenated rapeseed fatty acid; polyglycerol esters (PGEs), oily sugar derivatives, and wax emulsions and a mixture of the above.Amphoteric and Zwitterionic surfactant:

[0039] Suitable amphoteric or zwitterionic surfactants include amine oxides, and / or betaines. Preferred amine oxides are alkyl dimethyl amine oxide or alkyl amido propyl dimethyl amine oxide, more preferably alkyl dimethyl amine oxide and especially coco dimethyl amino oxide. Amine oxide may have a linear or mid-branched alkyl moiety. Typical linear amine oxides include water-soluble amine oxides containing one R 1 C 8 -C 18 alkyl moiety and 2 R 2 and R 3 moieties selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 3 alkyl groups and C 1 -C 3 hydroxyalkyl groups. Preferably amine oxide is characterized by the formula R 1< - N(R 2< )(R 3< ) O wherein R 1< is a C 8 -C 18 alkyl and R 2< and R 3< are selected from the group consisting of methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, 2-hydroxethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl and 3-hydroxypropyl. The linear amine oxide surfactants in particular may include linear C 10 -C 18 alkyl dimethyl amine oxides and linear C 8 -C 12 alkoxy ethyl dihydroxy ethyl amine oxides.

[0040] Other suitable surfactants include betaines, such as alkyl betaines, alkylamidobetaine, amidazoliniumbetaine, sulfobetaine (INCI Sultaines) as well as Phosphobetaines.Other Cleaning Additives

[0041] The compositions of the invention may also contain other cleaning additives. Suitable other cleaning additives include the following:Enzymes.

[0042] Preferably the composition comprises one or more enzymes. Preferred enzymes provide cleaning performance and / or fabric care benefits. Examples of suitable enzymes include, but are not limited to, hemicellulases, peroxidases, proteases, cellulases, xylanases, lipases, phospholipases, esterases, cutinases, pectinases, mannanases, galactanases, pectate lyases, keratinases, reductases, oxidases, phenoloxidases, lipoxygenases, ligninases, pullulanases, tannases, pentosanases, malanases, β-glucanases, arabinosidases, hyaluronidase, chondroitinase, laccase, and amylases, or mixtures thereof. A typical combination is an enzyme cocktail that may comprise, for example, a protease and lipase in conjunction with amylase. When present in the composition, the aforementioned additional enzymes may be present at levels from about 0.00001% to about 2%, from about 0.0001% to about 1% or even from about 0.001% to about 0.5% enzyme protein by weight of the composition.Proteases.

[0043] Preferably the composition comprises one or more proteases. Suitable proteases include metalloproteases and serine proteases, including neutral or alkaline microbial serine proteases, such as subtilisins (EC 3.4.21.62). Suitable proteases include those of animal, vegetable or microbial origin. In one aspect, such suitable protease may be of microbial origin. The suitable proteases include chemically or genetically modified mutants of the aforementioned suitable proteases. In one aspect, the suitable protease may be a serine protease, such as an alkaline microbial protease or / and a trypsin-type protease. Examples of suitable neutral or alkaline proteases include: (a) subtilisins (EC 3.4.21.62), especially those derived from Bacillus, such as Bacillus sp., Bacillus sp., B. lentus, B. alkalophilus, B. subtilis, B. amyloliquefaciens, B. gibsonii, B. akibaii, B. clausii and B. clarkii described in WO2004067737, WO2015091989, WO2015091990, WO2015024739, WO2015143360, US6,312,936B1, US5,679,630, US4,760,025, DE102006022216A1, DE102006022224A1, WO2015089447, WO2015089441, WO2016066756, WO2016066757, WO2016069557, WO2016069563, WO2016069569, WO2017 / 089093, WO2020 / 156419. (b) trypsin-type or chymotrypsin-type proteases, such as trypsin (e.g., of porcine or bovine origin), including the Fusarium protease described in WO 89 / 06270 and the chymotrypsin proteases derived from Cellumonas described in WO 05 / 052161 and WO 05 / 052146. (c) metalloproteases, especially those derived from Bacillus amyloliquefaciens decribed in WO07 / 044993A2; from Bacillus, Brevibacillus, Thermoactinomyces, Geobacillus, Paenibacillus, Lysinibacillus or Streptomyces spp. Described in WO2014194032, WO2014194054 and WO2014194117; from Kribella alluminosa described in WO2015193488; and from Streptomyces and Lysobacter described in WO2016075078. (d) Protease having at least 90% identity to the subtilase from Bacillus sp. TY145, NCIMB 40339, described in WO92 / 17577 (Novozymes A / S), including the variants of this Bacillus sp TY145 subtilase described in WO2015024739, and WO2016066757.

[0044] Suitable commercially available protease enzymes include those sold under the trade names Alcalase ®< , Savinase ®< , Primase ®< , Durazym ®< , Polarzyme ®< , Kannase ®< , Liquanase ®< , Liquanase Ultra ®< , Savinase Ultra ®< , Liquanase ®< Evity ®< , Savinase ®< Evity ®< , Ovozyme ®< , Neutrase ®< , Everlase ®< , Coronase ®< , Blaze ®< , Blaze Ultra ®< , Blaze ®< Evity ®< , Blaze ®< Exceed, Blaze ®< Pro, Esperase ®< , Progress ®< Uno, Progress ®< Excel, Progress ®< Key, Ronozyme ®< , Vinzon ®< and Het Ultra ®< by Novozymes A / S (Denmark); those sold under the tradename Maxatase ®< , Maxacal ®< , Maxapem ®< , Properase ®< , Purafect ®< , Purafect Prime ®< , Purafect Ox ®< , FN3 ®< , FN4 ®< , Excellase ®< , Ultimase ®< and Purafect OXP ®< by Dupont; those sold under the tradename Opticlean ®< and Optimase ®< by Solvay Enzymes; and those available from Henkel / Kemira, namely BLAP (sequence shown in Figure29 of US 5,352,604 with the following mutations S99D + S101 R + S103A + V104I + G159S, hereinafter referred to as BLAP), BLAP R (BLAP with S3T + V4I + V199M + V205I + L217D), BLAP X (BLAP with S3T + V4I + V205I) and BLAP F49 (BLAP with S3T + V4I + A194P + V199M + V205I + L217D); and KAP (Bacillus alkalophilus subtilisin with mutations A230V + S256G + S259N) from Kao and Lavergy ®< , Lavergy ®< Pro, Lavergy ®< C Bright from BASF.Amylases.

[0045] Preferably the composition may comprise an amylase. Suitable alpha-amylases include those of bacterial or fungal origin. Chemically or genetically modified mutants (variants) are included. A preferred alkaline alpha-amylase is derived from a strain of Bacillus, such as Bacillus licheniformis, Bacillus amyloliquefaciens, Bacillus stearothermophilus, Bacillus subtilis, or other Bacillus sp., such as Bacillus sp. NCIB 12289, NCIB 12512, NCIB 12513, DSM 9375 (USP 7,153,818) DSM 12368, DSMZ no. 12649, KSM AP1378 (WO 97 / 00324), KSM K36 or KSM K38 (EP 1,022,334). Preferred amylases include: (a) variants described in WO 94 / 02597, WO 94 / 18314, WO96 / 23874 and WO 97 / 43424, especially the variants with substitutions in one or more of the following positions versus the enzyme listed as SEQ ID No. 2 in WO 96 / 23874: 15, 23, 105, 106, 124, 128, 133, 154, 156, 181 , 188, 190, 197, 202, 208, 209, 243, 264, 304, 305, 391, 408, and 444. (b) variants described in USP 5,856,164 and WO99 / 23211, WO 96 / 23873, WO00 / 60060 and WO 06 / 002643, especially the variants with one or more substitutions in the following positions versus the AA560 enzyme listed as SEQ ID No. 12 in WO 06 / 002643: 26, 30, 33, 82, 37, 106, 118, 128, 133, 149, 150, 160, 178, 182, 186, 193, 203, 214, 231, 256, 257, 258, 269, 270, 272, 283, 295, 296, 298, 299, 303, 304, 305, 311, 314, 315, 318, 319, 339, 345, 361, 378, 383, 419, 421, 437, 441, 444, 445, 446, 447, 450, 461, 471, 482, 484, preferably that also contain the deletions of D183* and G184*. (c) variants exhibiting at least 90% identity with SEQ ID No. 4 in WO06 / 002643, the wild-type enzyme from Bacillus SP722, especially variants with deletions in the 183 and 184 positions and variants described in WO 00 / 60060, which is incorporated herein by reference. (d) variants exhibiting at least 95% identity with the wild-type enzyme from Bacillus sp.707 (SEQ ID NO:7 in US 6,093, 562), especially those comprising one or more of the following mutations M202, M208, S255, R172, and / or M261. Preferably said amylase comprises one or more of M202L, M202V, M202S, M202T, M202I, M202Q, M202W, S255N and / or R172Q. Particularly preferred are those comprising the M202L or M202T mutations. (e) variants described in WO 09 / 149130, preferably those exhibiting at least 90% identity with SEQ ID NO: 1 or SEQ ID NO: 2 in WO 09 / 149130, the wild-type enzyme from Geobacillus Stearophermophilus or a truncated version thereof. (f) variants exhibiting at least 89% identity with SEQ ID NO:1 in WO2016091688, especially those comprising deletions at positions H183+G184 and additionally one or more mutations at positions 405, 421, 422 and / or 428. (g) variants exhibiting at least 60% amino acid sequence identity with the "PcuAmyl α-amylase" from Paenibacillus curdlanolyticus YK9 (SEQ ID NO:3 in WO2014099523). (h) variants exhibiting at least 60% amino acid sequence identity with the "CspAmy2 amylase" from Cytophaga sp. (SEQ ID NO:1 in WO2014164777). (i) variants exhibiting at least 85% identity with AmyE from Bacillus subtilis (SEQ ID NO:1 in WO2009149271). (j) Variants exhibiting at least 90% identity variant with the wild-type amylase from Bacillus sp. KSM-K38 with accession number AB051102.

[0046] Suitable commercially available alpha-amylases include DURAMYL ®< , LIQUEZYME ®< , TERMAMYL ®< , TERMAMYL ULTRA ®< , NATALASE ®< , SUPRAMYL ®< , STAINZYME ®< , STAINZYME PLUS ®< , FUNGAMYL ®< and BAN ®< (Novozymes A / S, Bagsvaerd, Denmark), KEMZYM ®< AT 9000 Biozym Biotech Trading GmbH Wehlistrasse 27b A-1200 Wien Austria, RAPIDASE ®< , PURASTAR ®< , ENZYSIZE ®< , OPTISIZE HT PLUS ®< , POWERASE ®< and PURASTAR OXAM ®< (Genencor International Inc., Palo Alto, California) and KAM ®< (Kao, 14-10 Nihonbashi Kayabacho, 1-chome, Chuo-ku Tokyo 103-8210, Japan). In one aspect, suitable amylases include NATALASE ®< , STAINZYME ®< and STAINZYME PLUS ®< and mixtures thereof.Lipases.

[0047] Preferably the composition comprises one or more lipases, including "first cycle lipases" such as those described in U.S. Patent 6,939,702 B1 and US PA 2009 / 0217464. Preferred lipases are first-wash lipases. In one embodiment of the invention the composition comprises a first wash lipase.

[0048] First wash lipases includes a lipase which is a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence which: (a) has at least 90% identity with the wild-type lipase derived from Humicola lanuginosa strain DSM 4109; (b) compared to said wild-type lipase, comprises a substitution of an electrically neutral or negatively charged amino acid at the surface of the three-dimensional structure within 15A of E1 or Q249 with a positively charged amino acid; and (c) comprises a peptide addition at the C-terminal; and / or (d) comprises a peptide addition at the N-terminal and / or (e) meets the following limitations: i) comprises a negative amino acid in position E210 of said wild-type lipase; ii) comprises a negatively charged amino acid in the region corresponding to positions 90-101 of said wild-type lipase; and iii) comprises a neutral or negative amino acid at a position corresponding to N94 or said wild-type lipase and / or has a negative or neutral net electric charge in the region corresponding to positions 90-101 of said wild-type lipase.

[0049] Preferred are variants of the wild-type lipase from Thermomyces lanuginosus comprising one or more of the T231R and N233R mutations. The wild-type sequence is the 269 amino acids (amino acids 23 - 291) of the Swissprot accession number Swiss-Prot O59952 (derived from Thermomyces lanuginosus (Humicola lanuginosa)). Other suitable lipases include: Liprl 139, e.g. as described in WO2013 / 171241; TfuLip2, e.g. as described in WO2011 / 084412 and WO2013 / 033318; Pseudomonas stutzeri lipase, e.g. as described in WO2018228880; Microbulbifer thermotolerans lipase, e.g. as described in WO2018228881; Sulfobacillus acidocaldarius lipase, e.g. as described in EP3299457; LIP062 lipase e.g. as described in WO2018209026; PinLip lipase e.g. as described in WO2017036901 and Absidia sp. lipase e.g. as described in WO2017005798.

[0050] Preferred lipases would include those sold under the tradenames Lipex ®< and Lipolex ®< and Lipoclean ®< .Cellulases.

[0051] Suitable enzymes include cellulases of bacterial or fungal origin. Chemically modified or protein engineered mutants are included. Suitable cellulases include cellulases from the genera Bacillus, Pseudomonas, Humicola, Fusarium, Thielavia, Acremonium, e.g., the fungal cellulases produced from Humicola insolens, Myceliophthora thermophila and Fusarium oxysporum disclosed in US 4,435,307, US 5,648,263 , US 5,691,178, US 5,776,757 and US 5,691,178. Suitable cellulases include the alkaline or neutral cellulases having colour care benefits. Commercially available cellulases include CELLUZYME ®< , CAREZYME ®< and CAREZYME PREMIUM (Novozymes A / S), CLAZINASE ®< , and PURADAX HA ®< (Genencor International Inc.), and KAC-500(B) ®< (Kao Corporation).

[0052] The bacterial cleaning cellulase may be a glycosyl hydrolase having enzymatic activity towards amorphous cellulose substrates, wherein the glycosyl hydrolase is selected from GH families 5, 7, 12, 16, 44 or 74. Suitable glycosyl hydrolases may also be selected from the group consisting of: GH family 44 glycosyl hydrolases from Paenibacillus polyxyma (wild-type) such as XYG1006 described in US 7,361,736 or are variants thereof. GH family 12 glycosyl hydrolases from Bacillus licheniformis (wild-type) such as SEQ ID NO:1 described in US 6,268,197 or are variants thereof; GH family 5 glycosyl hydrolases from Bacillus agaradhaerens (wild type) or variants thereof; GH family 5 glycosyl hydrolases from Paenibacillus (wild type) such as XYG1034 and XYG 1022 described in US 6,630,340 or variants thereof; GH family 74 glycosyl hydrolases from Jonesia sp. (wild type) such as XYG1020 described in WO 2002 / 077242 or variants thereof; and GH family 74 glycosyl hydrolases from Trichoderma Reesei (wild type), such as the enzyme described in more detail in Sequence ID NO. 2 of US 7,172,891 , or variants thereof. Suitable bacterial cleaning cellulases are sold under the tradenames Celluclean ®< and Whitezyme ®< (Novozymes A / S, Bagsvaerd, Denmark).

[0053] The composition may comprise a fungal cleaning cellulase belonging to glycosyl hydrolase family 45 having a molecular weight of from 17kDa to 30 kDa, for example the endoglucanases sold under the tradename Biotouch ®< NCD, DCC and DCL (AB Enzymes, Darmstadt, Germany).Pectate Lyases.

[0054] Other preferred enzymes include pectate lyases sold under the tradenames Pectawash ®< , Pectaway ®< , Xpect ®< and mannanases sold under the tradenames Mannaway ®< (all from Novozymes A / S, Bagsvaerd, Denmark), and Purabrite ®< (Genencor International Inc., Palo Alto, California).Nucleases.

[0055] The composition may comprise a nuclease enzyme. The nuclease enzyme is an enzyme capable of cleaving the phosphodiester bonds between the nucleotide sub-units of nucleic acids. The nuclease enzyme herein is preferably a deoxyribonuclease or ribonuclease enzyme or a functional fragment thereof. By functional fragment or part is meant the portion of the nuclease enzyme that catalyzes the cleavage of phosphodiester linkages in the DNA backbone and so is a region of said nuclease protein that retains catalytic activity. Thus, it includes truncated, but functional versions, of the enzyme and / or variants and / or derivatives and / or homologues whose functionality is maintained. Suitable DNases include wild-types and variants described in detail by WO2017162836 and WO2018108865, and variants of the Bacillus cibi DNase including those described in WO2018011277.RNase.

[0056] Suitable RNases include wild-types and variants of DNases described in WO2018178061 and WO2020074499.

[0057] Preferably the nuclease enzyme is a deoxyribonuclease, preferably selected from any of the classes E.C. 3.1.21.x, where x=1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9, E.C. 3.1.22.y where y=1, 2, 4 or 5, E.C. 3.1.30.z where z= 1 or 2, E.C. 3.1.31.1 and mixtures thereof.Hexosaminidases.

[0058] The composition may comprise one or more hexosaminidases. The term hexosaminidase includes "dispersin" and the abbreviation "Dsp", which means a polypeptide having hexosaminidase activity, EC 3.2.1. - that catalyzes the hydrolysis of β-1,6-glycosidic linkages of N-acetyl-glucosamine polymers found in soils of microbial origin. The term hexosaminidase includes polypeptides having N-acetylglucosaminidase activity and β-N-acetylglucosaminidase activity. Hexosaminidase activity may be determined according to Assay II described in WO2018184873. Suitable hexosaminidases include those disclosed in WO2017186936, WO2017186937, WO2017186943, WO2017207770, WO2018184873, WO2019086520, WO2019086528, WO2019086530, WO2019086532, WO2019086521, WO2019086526, WO2020002604, WO2020002608, WO2020007863, WO2020007875, WO2020008024, WO2020070063, WO2020070249, WO2020088957, WO2020088958 and WO2020207944. Variants of the Terribacillus saccharophilus hexosaminidase defined by SEQ ID NO: 1 of WO2020207944 may be preferred, especially the variants with improved thermostability disclosed in that publication.Mannanases.

[0059] The composition may comprise an extracellular-polymer-degrading enzyme that includes a mannanase enzyme. The term "mannanase" means a polypeptide having mannan endo-1,4-beta-mannosidase activity (EC 3.2.1.78) from the glycoside hydrolase family 26 that catalyzes the hydrolysis of 1,4-3-D-mannosidic linkages in mannans, galactomannans and glucomannans. Alternative names of mannan endo-1,4-beta-mannosidase are 1,4-3-D-mannan mannanohydrolase; endo-1,4-3-mannanase; endo- β-1,4-mannase; β-mannanase B; 3-1,4-mannan 4-mannanohydrolase; endo-3-mannanase; and β-D-mannanase. For purposes of the present disclosure, mannanase activity may be determined using the Reducing End Assay as described in the experimental section of WO2015040159. Suitable examples from class EC 3.2.1.78 are described in WO2015040159, such as the mature polypeptide SEQ ID NO: 1 described therein.Galactanases.

[0060] The composition may comprise an extracellular polymer-degrading enzyme that includes an endo-beta-1,6-galactanase enzyme. The term "endo-beta-1,6-galactanase" or "a polypeptide having endo-beta-1,6-galactanase activity" means a endo-beta-1,6-galactanase activity (EC 3.2.1.164) from the glycoside hydrolase family 30 that catalyzes the hydrolytic cleavage of 1,6-3-D-galactooligosaccharides with a degree of polymerization (DP) higher than 3, and their acidic derivatives with 4-O-methylglucosyluronate or glucosyluronate groups at the non-reducing terminals. For purposes of the present disclosure, endo-beta-1,6-galactanase activity is determined according to the procedure described in WO 2015185689 in Assay I. Suitable examples from class EC 3.2.1.164 are described in WO 2015185689, such as the mature polypeptide SEQ ID NO: 2.Enzyme Stabilizing System.

[0061] The composition may optionally comprise from about 0.001% to about 10%, in some examples from about 0.005% to about 8%, and in other examples, from about 0.01% to about 6%, by weight of the composition, of an enzyme stabilizing system. The enzyme stabilizing system can be any stabilizing system which is compatible with the detersive enzyme. In the case of aqueous detergent compositions comprising protease, a reversible protease inhibitor, such as a boron compound, including borate, 4-formyl phenylboronic acid, phenylboronic acid and derivatives thereof, or compounds such as calcium formate, sodium formate and 1,2-propane diol may be added to further improve stability.Polymers.

[0062] The compositions may include one or more polymers. Typically, the level of polymers is from about 0.01% to about 10.0 % by weight of the composition, preferably from about 0.1% to about 5%, and more preferably from about 0.2% to about 3.0% by weight of the composition. In some situations where the composition is in concentrated form, such as concentrated fabric and home care products in any forms which designed for consumer to dilute at home and then use following their regular dosing habits, the level of the polymers maybe higher than 10.0%, or higher than 5.0%, by weight of the composition.

[0063] Depending on the structure of the polymer, polymers can provide various benefits for the composition, including but not limit to, hydrophobic and hydrophilic stain removal, surfactant boosting, soil suspension, whiteness maintenance, soil release, malodor control, dye transfer inhibition, enhanced softness, enhanced freshness, etc. Polymers are normally multi-functional, which means one specific given type of polymer may provide more than one types of benefit as mentioned above. For example, a specific soil release polymer may provide soil release benefit as primary benefit, while also providing other benefits such as whiteness maintenance, malodor control, soil suspension, dye transfer inhibition.

[0064] Suitable polymers including, but not limited to the following: Graft polymers based on polyalkylene oxide.

[0065] Preferably, the composition further comprises graft polymers which comprising polyalkylene oxide backbone (A) as a graft base and polymeric sidechains (B) grafted thereon. The polymeric sidechains (B) are obtainable by polymerization of at least one vinyl ester monomer. The polyalkylene oxide backbone (A) is obtainable by polymerization of at least one monomer selected from the group of ethylene oxide, 1,2-propylene oxide, 1,2-butylene oxide, 2,3-butylene oxide, 1 ,2-pentene oxide or 2,3-pentene oxide. Such graft polymers are known as effective soil suspension polymers for hydrophobic and hydrophilic stains, surfactant boosters, and sometimes as dye transfer inhibitors.

[0066] Suitable graft polymers include amphiphilic graft co-polymer comprises polyethylene glycol backbone (A) as a graft base, and at least one pendant sidechains (B) selected from polyvinyl acetate, polyvinyl alcohol and mixtures thereof. A preferred graft polymer of this type is Sokalan HP22 available from BASF.

[0067] Suitable graft polymers are also described in WO2007 / 138053 as amphiphilic graft polymers based on water-soluble polyalkylene oxides (A) as a graft base and side chains formed by polymerization of a vinyl ester component (B), said polymers having an average of < one graft site per 50 alkylene oxide units and mean molar masses M of from 3000 to 100000. One specific preferred graft polymer of this type is polyvinyl acetate grafted polyethylene oxide copolymer having a polyethylene oxide as graft base and multiple polyvinyl acetate side chains. The molecular weight of the polyethylene oxide backbone is about 6000 and the weight ratio of the polyethylene oxide to polyvinyl acetate is about 40 to 60 and no more than 1 grafting point per 50 ethylene oxide units. The most preferred polymer of this type is available from BASF as Sokalan PG101.

[0068] Suitable graft polymer also include graft polymer comprising a block copolymer backbone (A) as a graft base, wherein said block copolymer backbone (A) is obtainable by polymerization of at least two monomers selected from the group of ethylene oxide, 1 ,2-propylene oxide, 1 ,2-butylene oxide, 2,3-butylene oxide, 1 ,2-pentene oxide or 2,3-pentene oxide, wherein the number (x) of individual blocks within the block copolymer backbone (A) is an integer, wherein x is from 2 to 10 and preferably 3 to 5, and (B) polymeric sidechains grafted onto the block copolymer backbone, wherein said polymeric sidechains (B) are obtainable by polymerization of at least one vinyl ester monomer. Suitable graft polymers of this type are described in WO2021 / 160795 and WO2021 / 160851, these polymers have improved biodegradation profiles.

[0069] Suitable graft polymer also include graft polymer comprising a polyalkylene oxide backbone (A) which has a number average molecular weight of from about 1000 to about 20,000 Daltons and is based on ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, or butylene oxide; and side chains derived from N-vinylpyrrolidone (B), and side chains derived from vinyl ester (C) derived from a saturated monocarboxylic acid containing from 1 to 6 carbon atoms and / or a methyl or ethyl ester of acrylic or methacrylic acid. Such graft polymers are described in WO2020 / 005476 and can be used as dye transfer inhibitors.Modified polyamine dispersing agent.

[0070] Preferably, the composition further comprises one or more modified polyamine dispersing agent. The modified polyamine dispersant comprises a polyamine core structure and a plurality of alkoxylate groups attached to the core structure. The polyamine core structure includes polyalkyleneimine, and linear or branched oligoamine.

[0071] The polyamine core structure and the alkoxylate groups attached to the core structure can be further derivatized. For example, the polyamine core structure can be further partly or completely quaternized with C 1 -C 30 linear or branched alkyl, more preferably C 1 -C 10 or even C 1 -C 5 linear or branched alkyl, most preferably methyl. The alkoxylate group can be further sulphated, sulphonated and / or substituted with an amino functional group.

[0072] Suitable modified polyamine dispersing agent includes ethoxylated polyethyleneimine (EPEI). EPEI are effective dispersing agent for hydrophilic stains, especially hydrophilic particulate stain such as clay.

[0073] In one embodiment, the EPEI has a polyethyleneimine backbone of weight average molecular weight of between 100g / mol and 2000g / mol, preferably between 200g / mol and 1500g / mol, more preferably between 300g / mol and 1000g / mol, even more preferably between 400g / mol and 800g / mol, most preferably between 500g / mol and 700g / mol, preferably about 600. The ethoxylation chains within the EPEI may be from 200g / mol to 2000g / mol weight average molecular weight, preferably from 400g / mol to 1500g / mol weight average molecular weight, more preferably from 600g / mol to 1000g / mol weight average molecular weight, most preferably about 880g / mol weight average molecular weight per ethoxylated chain. The ethoxylation chains within the EPEI have on average 5 to 40, preferably 10 to 30, more preferably 15 to 25, even more preferably 18 to 22, most preferably about 20 ethoxy units per ethoxylation chain. The EPEI may have a total weight average molecular weight of from 5000g / mol to 20000g / mol, preferably from 7500g / mol to 17500g / mol, more preferably from 10000g / mol to 15000g / mol, even more preferably from 12000g / mol to 13000g / mol, most preferably about 12700g / mol. A preferred example is polyethyleneimine core (with average molecular weight about 600g / mol) ethoxylated to 20 EO groups per NH. Suitable EPEI this type includes Sokalan HP20 available from BASF, Lutensol FP620 from BASF. Examples of available polyethyleneimine ethoxylates also include those prepared by reacting ethylene oxide with Epomine SP-006 manufactured by Nippon Shokubai.

[0074] In another embodiment, the EPEI comprises polyethyleneimine has an average molecular weight (Mw) ranging from 1800 to 5000 g / mol (prior to ethoxylation), and the polyoxyethylene side chains have an average of from 25 to 40 ethoxy units per side chain bonded to the polyethyleneimine backbone. Such EPEI is described in WO2020 / 030760 and WO2020 / 030469. Suitable modified polyamine dispersing agent includes amphiphilic alkoxylated polyalkyleneimine polymer. These polymers have balanced hydrophilic and hydrophobic properties such that they remove grease and body soil particles from fabrics and surfaces, and keep the particles suspended in washing liquor. Suitable amphiphilic water-soluble alkoxylated polyalkyleneimine polymer is described in WO2009 / 061990 and WO2006 / 108857, which comprising a polyalkyleneimine, preferable polyethyleneimine core, and alkoxylate group of below connected to the core         *-[A 2< -O] m -[CH 2 -CH 2 -O] n -[A 3< -O] p -R wherein "*"in each case denotes one-half of bond to the nitrogen atom of the core. A 2< is in each case independently selected from 1,2-propylene, 1,2-butylene, and 1,2-isobutylene; A 3< is 1,2-propylene; Ris in each case independently selected from hydrogen and C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, preferably hydrogen; mhas an average value in the range of from 0 to 2, preferably 0; nhas an average value in the range of 5 to 50; and phas an average value in the range of 3-50;

[0075] The polymer comprising a degree of quaterization ranging from 0 to 50, preferably from 0 to 20, and more preferably from 0 to 10.

[0076] A preferred alkoxylated polyalkyleneimine polymer is polyethyleneimine (MW = 600) modified with 24 ethoxylate groups per -NH and 16 propoxylate groups per -NH. Another preferred alkoxylated polyalkyleneimine polymer is polyethyleneimine (MW = 600) modified with 10 ethoxylate groups per -NH and 7 propoxylate groups per -NH.

[0077] Suitable alkoxylated polyalkyleneimine polymer of this type includes Sokalan HP30 Booster available from BASF.

[0078] Another Suitable modified polyamine dispersing agent is described in WO2021061774. Suitable modified polyamine dispersing agent also includes zwitterionic polyamines. Said zwitterionic polyamine is selected from zwitterionic polyamines according to the following formula: Ris each independently C 3 -C 20 linear or branched alkylene; R 1 is an anionic unit-capped polyalkyleneoxy unit having the formula: -(R 2< -O) x R 3< , wherein R 2 is C 2 -C 4 linear or branched alkylene, preferably C 2 (ethylene); R 3 is hydrogen, an anionic unit, and mixtures thereof, in which not all R 3 groups are hydrogen, preferably wherein R 3 anionic units are selected from -(CH 2 ) p CO 2 M;-(CH 2 ) q SO 3 M; - (CH 2 ) q OSO 3 M; -(CH 2 ) q CH(SO 3 M)-CH 2 SO 3 M;-(CH 2 ) q CH(OSO 3 M)CH 2 OSO3M; - (CH 2 ) q CH(SO 3 M)CH 2 SO 3 M; -(CH 2 ) p PO 3 M;-PO 3 M ;-SO 3 M and mixtures thereof; wherein M is hydrogen or a water soluble cation, preferably selected from sodium, potassium, ammonium, and mixtures thereof and in sufficient amount to satisfy charge balance; xis from 5 to 50, preferably from 10 to 40, even more preferably from 15 to 30, most preferably from 20 to 25; Qis a quaternizing unit selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 30 linear or branched alkyl, C 6 -C 30 cycloalkyl, C 7 -C 30 substituted or unsubstituted alkylenearyl, and mixtures thereof, preferably C 1 -C 30 linear or branched alkyl, even more preferably C 1 -C 10 or even C 1 -C 5 linear or branched alkyl, most preferably methyl; the degree of quaternization preferably is more than 50%, more preferably more than 70%, even more preferably more than 90%, most preferably about 100;. X -< is an anion present in sufficient amount to provide electronic neutrality, preferably a water-soluble anion selected from the group consisting of chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl sulfate, and mixtures thereof, more preferably chloride; nis from 0 to 8, preferably 0 to 4, preferably 0 to 2, most preferably 0.

[0079] A particular preferred zwitterionic polyamine is available from BASF as Lutensit Z96 polymer (zwitterionic hexamethylene diamine according to below formula: 100% quaternized and about 40% of the polyethoxy (EO 24 ) groups are sulfonated).

[0080] Another suitable zwitterionic polyamine is amphoterically-modified oligopropyleneimine ethoxylates as described in WO2021 / 239547.Polyester soil release polymers.

[0081] The composition may comprise one or more polyester soil release polymer (SRP). The benefits of polyester SRP are well-documented, including soil release, whiteness, malodour, and improve wicking properties, and improve in wear comfort.

[0082] Polyester SRP typically have hydrophilic segments to hydrophilize the surface of hydrophobic fibers (such as polyester and nylon), and hydrophobic segments to enable deposition of SRP onto hydrophobic fibers and remain adhered thereto through washing and rinsing cycles, thereby serving as an anchor for the hydrophilic segments.

[0083] Polyester SRP may be linear, branched, or star-shaped. Polyester SRP may comprise end capping moiety, which is especially effective in controlling the molecular weight of the polyester or altering the physical or surface-adsorption properties of the polymer. Soil release polymers may also include charged units (negative or positive). Typically, nonionic SRP or anionic SRP may be preferred when used in composition which containing anionic surfactants, in order to avoid potentially negative interactions between the SRP and anionic surfactants.

[0084] Preferred polyester SRP are polyester terephthalates comprising structural unit (I), or combination of structural unit (I) and (II):         -[(O-CHR 1< -CHR 2< ) a -O-OC-Ar-CO-] c      (I)         -[(O-CHR 3< -CHR 4< ) b -O-OC-sAr-CO-] d      (II) wherein: a, bare, based on molar average, a number independently selected from 1 to 200. c, dare, based on molar average, a number independently selected from 1 to 30. Aris each independently selected from 1,4-substituted phenylene, and 1,3-substituted phenylene, preferably 1,4-substituted phenylene. sAris 1,3-substituted phenylene substituted in position 5 with -SO 3 M; wherein M is a counterion selected from Na +< , Li +< , K +< , ½ Mg 2+< , ½ Ca 2+< , 1 / 3 Al 3+< , ammonium, mono-, di-, tri-, or tetraalkylammonium wherein the alkyl groups are C 1 -C 18 alkyl or C 2 -C 10 hydroxyalkyl, or mixtures thereof. R 1< , R 2< , R 3< , R 4< are each independently selected from H or C 1 -C 18 n-alkyl or iso-alkyl; preferably selected from H or C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, more preferably selected from H, CH 3 .

[0085] Preferably, the polyester SRP further comprises one or more terminal group (III) derived from polyalkylene glycolmonoalkylether. Preferably, the terminal group (III) has a structure of (III-a).         R 7< -O-[C 2 H 4 -O] e -[C 3 H 6 -O] f -[C 4 H 8 -O] g -     (III-a) wherein: R 7< is a linear or branched C 1-30 alkyl, C 2 -C 30 alkenyl, or a cycloalkyl group with 5 to 9 carbon atoms, or a C 8 -C 30 aryl group, or a C 6 -C 30 arylalkyl group; preferably C 1-4 alkyl, more preferably methyl; and e, f and gare, based on molar average, a number independently selected from 0 to 200, where the sum of c+d+e is from 2 to 500, wherein the [C2H4-O], [C3H6-O] and [C4H8-O] groups of the terminal group (IV-a) may be arranged blockwise, alternating, periodically and / or statistically, preferably blockwise and / or statistically, either of the [C2H4-O], [C3H6-O] and [C4H8-O] groups of the terminal group (III-a) can be linked to -R7 and / or -O. Preferably, [C3H6-O] group is linked to -O, and the -O is further connected to -OC-Ar-CO- or -OC-sAr-CO-.

[0086] Typically, structure (III-a) connected to structural units -OC-Ar-CO- or -OC-sAr-CO- via an ester bond to form an end cap, as illustrated below:         R 7< -O-[C 2 H 4 -O] e -[C 3 H 6 -O] f -[C 4 H 8 -O] g -OC-Ar-CO-, or         R 7< -O-[C 2 H 4 -O] e -[C 3 H 6 -O] f -[C 4 H 8 -O] g -OC-sAr-CO-

[0087] Optionally, the polymer comprises one or more anionic terminal unit (IV) and / or (V) as described in EP3222647.         -O-CH 2 CH 2 -SO 3 M     (IV)

[0088] Wherein, M is a counterion selected from Na +< , Li +< , K +< , ½ Mg 2+< , ½ Ca 2+< , 1 / 3 Al 3+< , ammonium, mono-, di-, tri-, or tetraalkylammonium wherein the alkyl groups are C 1 -C 18 alkyl or C 2 -C 10 hydroxyalkyl, or mixtures thereof.

[0089] Optionally, polyester SRPs may comprise crosslinking structural unit derived from monomers which comprise at least three functional groups capable of forming esters. Examples of monomers which comprise at least three functional groups capable of forming esters include, but not limit to, trimellitic acid, citric acid, glycerine, sorbitol.

[0090] Optionally, polyester SRPs may comprise structural unit derived from other di-carboxylic acids or their salts or their (di)alkylesters. Suitable examples include furandicarboxylic acids, such as 2,5-furandicarboxylic acid; pyridine dicarboxylic acids, such as pyridine-2,5-dicarboxylic acid; cyclohexanedicarboxylic acids, such as 1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, azelaic acid.

[0091] One type of preferred polyester SRPs are nonionic polyester SRP, which does not comprise above structural unit (II). A particular preferred nonionic polyester SRP has a structure according to formula below: wherein: R 5< and R 6< are independently selected from H or CH 3 . Preferably, one of the R 5< and R 6< is H, and another one of the of the R 5< and R 6< is CH 3 . e, fare, based on molar average, a number independently selected from 0 to 200, where the sum of e+f is from 2 to 400, More preferably, f is from 0 to 50, e is from 1 to 200, More preferably, f is 1 to 10, e is 5 to 150, R 7< is C 1- C 4 alkyl and more preferably methyl, nis, based on molar average, from 1 to 50.

[0092] One example of most preferred above suitable terephthalate-derived nonionic SRP has one of the R 5 and R 6 is H, and another is CH 3 ; f is 0; e is from 5-100 and R 7< is methyl, and n is from 3-10.

[0093] Other suitable terephthalate-derived polyester SRP are described in patent WO2014019903, WO2014019658 and WO2014019659. The end capping group of these SRPs are selected from:         X-O-[C 2 H 4 O] n -[C 3 H 6 O] m - wherein X is C 1 -C 4 alkyl and preferably methyl, the -[C 2 H 4 O] groups and the -[C 3 H 6 O] groups are arranged blockwise and the block consisting of the -[C 3 H 6 O] groups is bound to a - CO-Ar-CO- structural unit via an ester bond , n is based on a molar average a number of from 40 to 50, m is based on a molar average a number from 1 to 10 and preferably from 1 to 7.

[0094] Another type of preferred polyester SRPs are anionic polyester SRP, which comprise above structural unit (I) and structural unit (II). Preferably, the anionic SRP comprise further at least one terminal group selected from (III-a), (IV) and (V). More preferably, the anionic SRP comprises structural (I) and (II), and one or two terminal group (III-a), wherein R 7< is C 1 alkyl, e is from 2 to 100, preferably from 3 to 50 such as 5, 10, 15, 20, and both f and g are 0. Suitable anionic polyester SRP examples are described in EP1966273B1 and EP3222647B1

[0095] Polyester SRPs may be available or convert into different forms, include powder, particle, liquid, waxy or premix. In some embodiments, other materials (for example, water, alcohol, other solvents, salt, surfactant, etc.) are needed to convert the polyester soil release polymer into different forms mentioned above, the wt% of active soil release polymer in the powder, particle, liquid, waxy or premix is in the range from 10% to 100%, for example 15%, 20%, 40%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 100%. Useful soil release polymer premix examples are described in EP351759 and WO2022100876. When the soil release polymers exist in liquid or premix from, the premix maybe transparent or opaque, white or slightly yellowish. Premix in opaque maybe use to provide an opaque appearance for the finish product or part of the finish product. Polyester SRPs may or may not be biodegradable, preferred polyester SRPs are readily biodegradable.

[0096] Commercial available examples of suitable polyester SRPs include TexCare ®< series supplied by Clariant, including noniconic polyester SRP Texcare ®< SRN100, SRN170, SRN170 C, SRN170 SG Terra, SRN172, SRN240, SRN260, SRN260 life, SRN260 SG Terra, SRN UL50, SRN300, SRN325; and anionic polyester SRPs TexCare ®< SRA100, SRA300, SRA300F. Example of suitable polyester SRPs also include REPEL-O-TEX ®< line of polymers supplied by Rhodia / Solvay / Syensqo, including nonionic polyester SRPs REPEL-O-TEX ®< Crystal, Crystal PLUS, Crystal NAT, SRP6; and anionic polyester SRP REPEL-O-TEX ®< SF2. Other example of commercial polyester SRPs also includes WeylClean ®< series of soil release polymers supplied by WeylChem, including noniconic polyester SRP WeylClean ®< PLN1, PLN2; and anionic polyester SRP WeylClean ®< PSA1. Other examples of commercial polyester SRPs are Marloquest ®< polymers, such as Marloquest ®< SL, HSCB, L235M, U, B, and G82, supplied by Sasol.

[0097] The raw materials for the preparation of polyesters SRPs can be based on fossil carbon or renewable carbon. Renewable carbon includes carbon originating from biomass, carbon capture, or chemical recycling. Preferably, the raw materials for the preparation of the polyesters of the invention are at least partly based on renewable carbon. The Renewable Carbon Index (RCI, a measure of sustainability by dividing the number of carbons derived from renewable sources by the total number of carbons in an active ingredient) of the polyester SRP is above 40%, more preferably above 50%, even more preferably above 60%, particularly preferably from 70 to 100% (including 100%), and most preferably 100%.Polymers based on polysaccharide.

[0098] Various polysaccharides have proven to be useful starting material to make polymers for fabric and home care products, including cellulose, starch, guar, dextran, polyglucan, chitin, curdlan, xylose, Inulin, pullulan, locust bean gum, cassia gum, tamarind gum (xyloglucan), xanthan gum, amylose, amylopectin, scleroglucan and mixtures thereof. The starting materials are typically chemically modified to achieve specific properties, the modification can be anionic (negative charged), cationic (positive charged) or nonionic (not charged).

[0099] The most common type of modified polysaccharide is modified cellulose.

[0100] Modified cellulose polymers include anionic modified cellulose polymers which been modified with functional groups that contain negative charge. Suitable anionic modified cellulose polymers include carboxyalkyl cellulose, such as carboxymethyl cellulose. In one preferred embodiment, the carboxymethyl cellulose has a degree of carboxymethyl substitution of from about 0.5 to about 0.9 and a molecular weight from about 80,000 Da to about 300,000 Da. Suitable carboxymethylcellulose is described in WO2011 / 031599 and WO2009 / 154933. Suitable carboxymethylcellulose include Finnfix ®< series sold by CP Kelco or Nouryon, which include Finnfix ®< GDA, a hydrophobically modified carboxymethylcellulose, e.g., the alkyl ketene dimer derivative of carboxymethylcellulose sold under the tradename Finnfix ®< SH1, or the blocky carboxymethylcellulose sold under the tradename Finnfix ®< V. Other suitable anionic modified cellulose polymers include sulphoalkyl group which described in WO2006117056, sulfoethyl cellulose which described in WO2014124872.

[0101] Modified cellulose polymers also include nonionic modified cellulose polymers which been modified by functional group that does not contain any charge. Suitable nonionic modified cellulose polymers include alkyl cellulose, hydroxyalkyl cellulose, hydroxyalkyl alkylcellulose, alkylalkoxyalkyl cellulose. Suitable nonionic modified cellulose polymers also include nonionic nonionic 6-desoxy-6-amino-celluloses derivative which described in US20180346846. Example of alkyl cellulose include methyl cellulose (MC), ethyl cellulose (EC), etc. Suitable ethyl cellulose are sold under tradename Ethocel ™< by Dow Chemicals, DuPont, or IFF. Example of hydroxyalkyl cellulose include hydroxyethyl cellulose (HEC) and hydroxypropyl cellulose (HPC). Suitable HEC are sold under tradename Natrosol ™< hydroxyethylcellulose by Ashland, such as Natrosol ™< 250 with different grade available which has a total molar substitution (MS) of 2.5. Suitable HEC are also sold under tradename CELLOSIZE ™< Hydroxyethyl Cellulose by Dow Chemicals. Suitable HPC are sold under tradename Klucel ™< by Ashland. Example of hydroxyalkyl alkylcellulose include hydroxypropyl methylcellulose (HPMC), suitable HPMC are sold under tradename Methocel ™< with different grade available by Dow Chemicals, DuPont or IFF, and under tradename Benecel ™< by Ashland.

[0102] Modified cellulose polymers also include cationic modified cellulose polymers which been modified by functional group that contain cationic charge. Suitable cationic modified celluloses include quaternized hydroxyethyl cellulose (Polyquaternium-10), which available under the tradename of Ucare by Dow Chemical, such as Ucare LR400, Ucare LR30M, Ucare JR125, Ucare JR400, etc. Suitable cationic modified cellulose polymers also include quaternized hydroxyethyl cellulose (HEC) polymers with cationic substitution of trimethyl ammonium and dimethyldodecyl ammonium (Polyquaternium-67), which available under trade the tradename of SoftCAT by Dow Chemical, such as SoftCAT SK, SoftCAT SK-MH, SoftCAT SX, SoftCAT SL. Other suitable cationic modified celluloses include those sold under tradename SupraCare ™< by Dow Chemical, such as SupraCare ™< 150, SupraCare ™< 133, SupraCare ™< 212.

[0103] Suitable cationic modified cellulose polymers also include those modified with cationic group and / or a hydrophobic group and described as soil release polymers in WO2019111948, WO2019111949, WO2019111946 and WO2019111947; suitable polymers is also disclosed in WO2022060754, WO2021242942 and WO2020 / 091988.

[0104] Another common type of modified polysaccharide is modified guar. Similar to modified cellulose, modified guar can be nonionic modified, anionic modified, and cationic modified. Suitable nonionic modified guar includes hydroxypropyl guar, such as N-Hance ™< HP40 and HP40S guar available from Ashland. Suitable example of modified guar also include carboxymethyl hydroxypropyl guar (CMHPG) which is anionic and nonionic modified, such as Galactasol ™< available from Ashland. Suitable modified guar also includes cationic modified guar, such as guar hydroxypropyltrimonium chloride, which available from by Ashland as AquaCat ™< CG518 cationic solution, AquaCat ™< PF618 cationic solution, N-Hance ™< 3000, 3196, 3215, BF-13, BF-17, C261, C261N, CG13, CCG45. Other cationic modified guar polymers are available from Solvay as Jaguar ®< C 162, Excel, Excel SGI, Optima, C 13 S, C 13 SH, C14 S, C-17, LS SGI, C-500 STD. Other nonionic and / or anionic modified guar include for example Jaguar ®< HP 105 (Hydroxypropyl Guar gum), Jaguar ®< SOFT and HP-120 COS (Carboxymethyl Hydroxypropyl Guar Gum).

[0105] Suitable modified polysaccharide polymers also include modified starch.

[0106] Suitable modified polysaccharide polymers also include polymers based on other polysaccharide, such as cationic dextran polymers described in WO2021194808, WO2022203866, WO2022203868, WO2023146784, Suitable cationic dextran polymers are commercially available under brand name CDC, CDC-L, CDC-H by Meito Sangyo.

[0107] Suitable modified polysaccharide polymers also include polymers based on polyglucans. Suitable modified polyglucans are based on alpha 1,3-polyglucans and / or 1,6-polyglucans. In one embodiment, the modified polyglucans can be cationic modified, such as cationic modified alpha 1,3-polyglucan which described in WO2021225837; such as cationic modified alpha 1,6-polyglucans which described in WO2021257793, WO2021257932, and WO2021 / 257786. In another embodiment, the modified polyglucans can be hydrophobic and / or hydrophilic modified, such as those described in WO2018112187, WO2019246228, WO2019246171, WO2021252558, WO2021252560, WO2021252561, EP3922704, WO2021252569.

[0108] Other suitable polysaccharide polymers also include those based on inulin. Example of modified inulin include carboxymethyl group modified inulin (CMI), suitable CMI are Carboxyline series sold by Cosun Beet Company, including Carboxyline 25-40D, Carboxyline 25 D Powder, Carboxyline 20 LS D Powder, Carboxyline 25, Carboxyline 25-30 UP. Example of modified inulin also include cationic modified inulin, suitable cationic modified inulin are as described in US20190274943, US20180119055; suitable cationic modified inulin are Quatin series sold by Cosun Beet Company, including Quatin 350, Quatin 380 and Quatin 1280 which are characterized by different degree of substitution (DS), cationic density (meq / g) and molecular weight (g / mol).

[0109] Suitable modified polysaccharide polymers also include polymers based on other polysaccharide, such as xylose carbamates as described in US20210115358; carboxy or sulfo-alkylated pullulan as described in WO2019243072; carboxy- or sulfo-alkylated chitosan as described in WO2019 / 243108 and WO2021156093.Polycarboxylate polymers.

[0110] The composition may also include one or more polycarboxylate polymers which comprise at least one carboxy group-containing monomer. The carboxy group-containing monomers are selected from acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, itaconic acid, aconitic acid, mesaconic acid, citraconic acid, methylenemalonic acid, and salts thereof, and anhydride thereof.

[0111] Suitable polycarboxylate polymers include polyacrylate homopolymer having a molecular weight of from 4,000 Da to 9,000 Da, or from 6,000 Da to 9,000 Da. Other suitable carboxylate polymers include copolymer of acrylic acid (and / or methacrylic acid) and maleic acid having a molecular weight of from 50,000 Da to 120,000 Da, or from 60,000 Da to 80,000 Da. The polyacrylate homopolymer and copolymer of acrylic acid (and / or methacrylic acid) and maleic acid are commercially available as Acusol 445 and 445N, Acusol 531, Acusol 463, Acusol 448, Acusol 460, Acusol 465, Acusol 497, Acusol 490 from Dow Chemicals, and as Sokalan CP 5, Sokalan CP 7, Sokalan CP 45, and Sokalan CP 12S from BASF. Suitable polycarboxylate polymers also include polyitaconate homopolymers, such as Itaconix ®< DSP 2K ™< sold by Itaconix, and Amaze SP available from Nouryon.

[0112] Suitable polycarboxylate polymers also include co-polymers comprising carboxy group-containing monomers and one or more sulfonate or sulfonic group-containing monomers. The sulfonate or sulfonic group containing monomers are selected rom 2-acrylamido-2-methyl-l-propanesulfonic acid (AMPS), 2-methacrylamido-2-methyl-l-propanesulfonic acid, 3-methacrylamido-2-hydroxy-propanesulfonic acid, allysulfonic acid, methallysulfonic acid, 3-allyloxy-2-hydroxy-1-propanesulfonic acid, 2-methyl-2-propenen-l-sulfonic acid, styrenesulfonic acid, vinylsulfonic acid, 3-sulfopropyl acrylate, 3-sulfopropylmethacrylate, sulfomethylacrylamide, sulfomethylmethacrylamide and water soluble salts thereof. In one embodiment, suitable polymers comprise maleic acid, acrylic acid, and 3-allyloxy-2-hydroxy-1-propanesulfonic acid, such polymers are as described in US8450261 and US8389458. In another embodiment, suitable polymers comprise acrylic acid and 2-acrylamido-2-methyl-propane sulfonate, such as those sold under tradename Acusol 588 by Dow Chemicals, Sokalan CP50 by BASF, Aquatreat AR-545, Versaflex 310 and Versaflex 310-37 by Nouryon. In another embodiment, suitable polymers also include Poly(itaconic acid-co-AMPS) sodium salt, such as Itaconix ®< TSI ™< 322 and Itaconix ®< CHT ™< 122 available from Itaconix.

[0113] Suitable polymer also includes those contain other structure units in addition to the sulfonate or sulfonic group group-containing monomers and carboxy group-containing monomers. Suitable polymer examples are described in WO2010024468 and WO2014 / 032267, the additional monomers herein are ether bond-containing monomers represented by formula (1) and (2) below: wherein in Formula (1) R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or CH 3 group, R represents a CH 2 group, CH 2 CH 2 group or single bond, x represents a number 0-50, preferable 0-20, more preferable 0-5 (provided x represents a number 1-5 when R is a single bond), and R 1 is a hydrogen atom or C 1 to C 20 organic group

[0114] Wherein in Formula (2), R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or CH 3 group, R represents a CH 2 group, CH 2 CH 2 group or single bond, x represents a number 0-5, and R 1 is a hydrogen atom or C 1 to C 20 organic group.

[0115] A specific preferred polymer of this type comprises structure units derived from 1 to 49 wt% of 1-(allyloxy)-3-butoxypropan-2-ol, from 50 to 98 wt% acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, and from 1 to 49 wt% of 3-allyloxy-2-hydroxy-1-propanesulfonic acid, and the has a weight average molecular weight of from about 20,000 to about 60,000. a specific preferred polymer of this type comprises structure units derived from 1 to 10 wt% of 1-(allyloxy)-3-butoxypropan-2-ol, from 70 to 89 wt% acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, and from 10 to 20 wt% of 3-allyloxy-2-hydroxy-1-propanesulfonic acid, and the has a weight average molecular weight of from about 30,000 to about 60,000. Herein, 1-(allyloxy)-3-butoxypropan-2-ol is a preferred monomer as represented by formula (2) when R 0 is H, R is CH 2 , x is 0, and R 1 is n-butyl (C 4 -alkyl).

[0116] Suitable polycarboxylate polymers also include co-polymers comprising carboxy group-containing monomers and other suitable monomers. Other suitable monomers here are selected from esters and / or amide of the carboxy group-containing monomers, such as C 1 -C 20 alkyl ester of acrylic acid; alkylene; vinyl ethers, such as methyl vinyl ether, styrene and any mixtures thereof. One specific preferred polymer family of this type is sold under tradename Gantrez by Ashland, which includes Gantrez An (alternating co-polymer of methyl vinyl ether and maleic anhydride), Gantrez S (alternating co-polymer of methyl vinyl ether and maleic acid), Gantrez ES (alternating co-polymer of methyl vinyl ether and maleic acid ester), Gantrez MS (alternating co-polymer of methyl vinyl ether and maleic acid salt).

[0117] Suitable polycarboxylate polymers also include polyepoxy succinic acid polymers (PESA). A most preferred polyepoxy succinic acid polymer can be identified using CAS number: 51274-37-4, or 109578-44-1. Suitable polyepoxy succinic acid polymers are commercially available from various suppliers, such as Aquapharm Chemicals Pvt. Ltd (commercial name: Maxinol 600); Shandong Taihe Water Treatment Technologies Co., Ltd (commercial name: PESA), and Sirius International (commercial name: Briteframe PESA).

[0118] Suitable polycarboxylate polymers also include polymer comprising a monomer having at least one aspartic acid group or a salt thereof, this polymer comprises at least 25 mol%, 40 mol%, or 50 mol%, of said monomer. A preferable example is sodium salt of poly(aspartic acid) having a molecular weight of from 2000 to 3000 g / mol which is avilable as Baypure ®< DS 100 from Lanxess.Other polymers.

[0119] The composition may comprise block polymers of ethylene oxide, propylene oxide and butylene oxide. Examples of such block polymers include ethylene oxide-propylene oxide-ethylene oxide (EO / PO / EO) triblock copolymer, wherein the copolymer comprises a first EO block, a second EO block and PO block wherein the first EO block and the second EO block are linked to the PO block. Blocks of ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, butylene oxide can also be arranged in other ways, such as (EO / PO) diblock copolymer, (PO / EO / PO) triblock copolymer. The block polymers may also contain additional butylene oxide (BO) block. Suitable block polymers are for example Pluronic PE series from BASF, including Pluronic PE3100, PE4300, PE6100, PE6200, PE6400, PE6800, PE8100, PE9200, PE9400, PE10100, PE10500, PE10400. Suitable block polymers also available as Tergitol L series from Dow Chemicals, such as Tergitol L-61, L-62, L-64, L-81, L-101. Due to the hydrophobic and hydrophilic nature, such block polymer sometime is also considered as nonionic surfactant in literature.

[0120] The composition may comprise dye transfer inhibiting agents (also called dye transfer inhibitor, or dye fixatives), which include, but are not limited to, polyvinylpyrrolidone polymers (PVP), poly(vinylpyridine-N-oxide) polymer (PVNO), poly(vinylimidazole), polyamine N-oxide polymers, copolymers of N-vinylpyrrolidone and N-vinylimidazole, polyvinyloxazolidones and polyvinylimidazoles or mixtures thereof. dye transfer inhibiting agents may be selected from the group consisting of reaction products of: i) polyamines with cyanamides and organic and / or inorganic acids, ii) cyanamides with aldehydes and ammonium salts, iii) cyanamides with aldehydes and amines, or iv) amines with epichlorohydrin. Preferably, the dye fixative may be selected from the group consisting of reaction products of amines with epichlorohydrin in which the amines are primary, secondary or tertiary amines. More preferably, the dye fixative may be selected from the group consisting of reaction products of dimethylamine with epichlorohydrin. Most preferably, the dye fixative may be poly (2-hydroxypropyldimethylammonium chloride), also called poly (dimethylamine-co-epichlorohydrin), for example the polymer commercially available under the tradename of Texcare DFC 6 pre from Clariant.

[0121] The composition may comprise one or more other polymeric dispersing agents. Examples are poly (ethylene glycol), poly(vinyl alcohol).Builders

[0122] The composition may optionally comprise a builder. Built compositions typically comprise at least about 1% builder, based on the total weight of the composition. Liquid compositions may comprise up to about 10% builder, and in some examples up to about 8% builder, of the total weight of the composition. Granular compositions may comprise up to about 30% builder, and in some examples up to about 5% builder, by weight of the composition.

[0123] Builders selected from aluminosilicates (e.g., zeolite builders, such as zeolite A, zeolite P, and zeolite MAP) and silicates assist in controlling mineral hardness in wash water, especially calcium and / or magnesium, or to assist in the removal of particulate soils from surfaces. Suitable builders may be selected from the group consisting of phosphates, such as polyphosphates (e.g., sodium tri-polyphosphate), especially sodium salts thereof; carbonates, bicarbonates, sesquicarbonates, and carbonate minerals other than sodium carbonate or sesquicarbonate; organic mono-, di-, tri-, and tetracarboxylates, especially water-soluble nonsurfactant carboxylates in acid, sodium, potassium or alkanolammonium salt form, as well as oligomeric or water-soluble low molecular weight polymer carboxylates including aliphatic and aromatic types; and phytic acid. These may be complemented by borates, e.g., for pH-buffering purposes, or by sulfates, especially sodium sulfate and any other fillers or carriers which may be important to the engineering of stable surfactant and / or builder-containing compositions. Additional suitable builders may be selected from citric acid, lactic acid, fatty acid and salt thereof.

[0124] Suitable builders may include polycarboxylate and salt thereof, for example, homopolymers of acrylic acid, copolymers of acrylic acid and maleic acid, and copolymers of acrylic acid and / or maleic acid, and other suitable ethylenic monomers with various types of additional functionalities. More suitable polycarboxylate are described in polycarboxylate polymers section of this patent.

[0125] Also suitable for use as builders herein are synthesized crystalline ion exchange materials or hydrates thereof having chain structure and a composition represented by the following general anhydride form: x(M 2 O)·ySiO 2 · z M'O wherein M is Na and / or K, M' is Ca and / or Mg; y / x is 0.5 to 2.0; and z / x is 0.005 to 1.0.

[0126] Alternatively, the composition may be substantially free of builder.Structurant / Thickeners

[0127] Suitable structurant / thickeners include: (i) Di-benzylidene Polyol Acetal Derivative (ii) Bacterial Cellulose (iii) Coated Bacterial Cellulose (iv) Cellulose fibers non-bacterial cellulose derived (v) Non-Polymeric Crystalline Hydroxyl-Functional Materials (vi) Polymeric Structuring Agents (vi) Di-amido-gellants (viii) Any combination of above. Additional Amines

[0128] Additional amines may be used in the compositions described herein for added removal of grease and particulates from soiled materials. The compositions described herein may comprise from about 0.1% to about 10%, in some examples, from about 0.1% to about 4%, and in other examples, from about 0.1% to about 2%, by weight of the composition, of additional amines. Non-limiting examples of additional amines may include, but are not limited to, polyamines, oligoamines, triamines, diamines, pentamines, tetraamines, or combinations thereof. Specific examples of suitable additional amines include tetraethylenepentamine, triethylenetetraamine, diethylenetriamine, or a mixture thereof.Bleaching Agents

[0129] It may be preferred for the composition to comprise one or more bleaching agents. Suitable bleaching agents other than bleaching catalysts include photobleaches, bleach activators, hydrogen peroxide, sources of hydrogen peroxide, pre-formed peracids and mixtures thereof. In general, when a bleaching agent is used, the compositions of the present invention may comprise from about 0.1% to about 50% or even from about 0.1% to about 25% bleaching agent or mixtures of bleaching agents by weight of the subject composition. Examples of suitable bleaching agents include: (1) photobleaches for example sulfonated zinc phthalocyanine sulfonated aluminium phthalocyanines, xanthene dyes, thioxanthones, and mixtures thereof; (2) pre-formed peracids: Suitable preformed peracids include, but are not limited to compounds selected from the group consisting of pre-formed peroxyacids or salts thereof typically a percarboxylic acids and salts, percarbonic acids and salts, perimidic acids and salts, peroxymonosulfuric acids and salts, for example, Oxone ®< , and mixtures thereof. Particularly preferred peroxyacids are phthalimido-peroxy-alkanoic acids, in particular ε-phthalimido peroxy hexanoic acid (PAP). Preferably, the peroxyacid or salt thereof has a melting point in the range of from 30°C to 60°C. (3) sources of hydrogen peroxide, for example, inorganic perhydrate salts, including alkali metal salts such as sodium salts of perborate (usually mono- or tetra-hydrate), percarbonate, persulphate, perphosphate, persilicate salts and mixtures thereof. When employed, inorganic perhydrate salts are typically present in amounts of from 0.05 to 40 wt%, or 1 to 30 wt% of the overall fabric and home care product and are typically incorporated into such fabric and home care products as a crystalline solid that may be coated. Suitable coatings include, inorganic salts such as alkali metal silicate, carbonate or borate salts or mixtures thereof, or organic materials such as water-soluble or dispersible polymers, waxes, oils or fatty soaps; and (4) bleach activators having R-(C=O)-L wherein R is an alkyl group, optionally branched, having, when the bleach activator is hydrophobic, from 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or from 8 to 12 carbon atoms and, when the bleach activator is hydrophilic, less than 6 carbon atoms or even less than 4 carbon atoms; and L is leaving group. Examples of suitable leaving groups are benzoic acid and derivatives thereof - especially benzene sulphonate. Suitable bleach activators include dodecanoyl oxybenzene sulphonate, decanoyl oxybenzene sulphonate, decanoyl oxybenzoic acid or salts thereof, 3,5,5-trimethyl hexanoyloxybenzene sulphonate, tetraacetyl ethylene diamine (TAED) and nonanoyloxybenzene sulphonate (NOBS). (5) Bleach Catalysts. The compositions of the present invention may also include one or more bleach catalysts capable of accepting an oxygen atom from a peroxyacid and / or salt thereof, and transferring the oxygen atom to an oxidizeable substrate. Suitable bleach catalysts include, but are not limited to: iminium cations and polyions; iminium zwitterions; modified amines; modified amine oxides; N-sulphonyl imines; N-phosphonyl imines; N-acyl imines; thiadiazole dioxides; perfluoroimines; cyclic sugar ketones and alpha amino-ketones and mixtures thereof. One particularly preferred catalyst is acyl hydrazone type such as 4-(2-(2-((2-hydroxyphenylmethyl)methylene)-hydrazinyl)-2-oxoethyl)-4-methylchloride. (6) The composition may preferably comprise catalytic metal complexes. One preferred type of metal-containing bleach catalyst is a catalyst system comprising a transition metal cation of defined bleach catalytic activity, such as copper, iron, titanium, ruthenium, tungsten, molybdenum, or manganese cations.

[0130] If desired, the compositions herein can be catalyzed by means of a manganese compound. Such compounds and levels of use are well known in the art and include, for example, the manganese-based catalysts disclosed in U.S. 5,576,282. In some embodiments, an additional source of oxidant in the composition is not present, molecular oxygen from air providing the oxidative source.

[0131] Cobalt bleach catalysts useful herein are known, and are described, for example, in U.S. 5,597,936; U.S. 5,595,967.Fluorescent Brightener

[0132] Commercial fluorescent brighteners suitable for the present disclosure can be classified into subgroups, including but not limited to: derivatives of stilbene, pyrazoline, coumarin, benzoxazoles, carboxylic acid, methinecyanines, dibenzothiophene-5,5-dioxide, azoles, 5- and 6-membered-ring heterocycles, and other miscellaneous agents.

[0133] The fluorescent brightener may be selected from the group consisting of disodium 4,4'-bis{[4-anilino-6-morpholino-s-triazin-2-yl]-amino}-2,2'-stilbenedisulfonate (brightener 15, commercially available under the tradename Tinopal AMS-GX by BASF), disodium4,4'-bis { [4-anilino-6-(N-2-bis-hydroxyethyl)-s-triazine-2-yl]-amino}-2,2'-stilbenedisulonate (commercially available under the tradename Tinopal UNPA-GX by BASF), disodium 4,4'-bis{[4-anilino-6-(N-2-hydroxyethyl-N-methylamino)-s-triazine-2-yl]-amino}-2,2'-stilbenedisulfonate (commercially available under the tradename Tinopal 5BM-GX by BASF). More preferably, the fluorescent brightener is disodium 4,4'-bis{[4-anilino-6-morpholino-s-triazin-2-yl]-amino}-2,2'-stilbenedisulfonate or 2,2'-([1,1'-Biphenyl]-4,4'-diyldi-2,1-ethenediyl)bis-benzenesulfonic acid disodium salt. The brighteners may be added in particulate form or as a premix with a suitable solvent, for example nonionic surfactant, propanediol.Fabric Hueing Agents

[0134] The compositions may comprise a fabric hueing agent (sometimes referred to as shading, bluing or whitening agents). Typically, the hueing agent provides a blue or violet shade to fabric. Hueing agents can be used either alone or in combination to create a specific shade of hueing and / or to shade different fabric types. This may be provided for example by mixing a red and green-blue dye to yield a blue or violet shade. Hueing agents may be selected from any known chemical class of dye, including but not limited to acridine, anthraquinone (including polycyclic quinones), azine, azo (e.g., monoazo, disazo, trisazo, tetrakisazo, polyazo), including premetallized azo, benzodifurane and benzodifuranone, carotenoid, coumarin, cyanine, diazahemicyanine, diphenylmethane, formazan, hemicyanine, indigoids, methane, naphthalimides, naphthoquinone, nitro and nitroso, oxazine, phthalocyanine, pyrazoles, stilbene, styryl, triarylmethane, triphenylmethane, xanthenes and mixtures thereof.Chelating Agent:

[0135] Preferably the composition comprises chelating agents and / or crystal growth inhibitor. Suitable molecules include copper, iron and / or manganese chelating agents and mixtures thereof. Suitable molecules include hydroxamic acids, aminocarboxylates, aminophosphonates, succinates, salts thereof, and mixtures thereof. Non-limiting examples of suitable chelants for use herein include ethylenediaminetetracetates, N-(hydroxyethyl)ethylenediaminetriacetates, nitrilotriacetates, ethylenediamine tetraproprionates, triethylenetetraaminehexacetates, diethylenetriamine-pentaacetates, ethanoldiglycines, ethylenediaminetetrakis (methylenephosphonates), diethylenetriamine penta(methylene phosphonic acid) (DTPMP), ethylenediamine disuccinate (EDDS), hydroxyethanedimethylenephosphonic acid (HEDP), methylglycinediacetic acid (MGDA), diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA), N,N-Dicarboxymethyl glutamic acid (GLDA) and salts thereof, and mixtures thereof. Other nonlimiting examples of chelants of use in the present invention are found in U.S. Patent Nos. 7445644, 7585376 and 2009 / 0176684A1. Other suitable chelating agents for use herein are the commercial DEQUEST series, and chelants from Monsanto, DuPont, and Nalco, Italmatch, Bayer, BASF, Inc. Yet other suitable chelants include the pyridinyl N Oxide type.Encapsulates

[0136] The compositions may comprise an encapsulate. In some aspects, the encapsulate comprises a core, a shell having an inner and outer surface, where the shell encapsulates the core. In certain aspects, the encapsulate comprises a core and a shell, where the core comprises a material selected from perfumes; brighteners; dyes; insect repellents; silicones; waxes; flavors; vitamins; fabric softening agents; skin care agents, e.g., paraffins; enzymes; anti-bacterial agents; bleaches; sensates; or mixtures thereof; and where the shell comprises a material selected from polyethylenes; polyamides; polyvinylalcohols, optionally containing other co-monomers; polystyrenes; polyisoprenes; polycarbonates; polyesters; polyacrylates; polyolefins; polysaccharides, e.g., alginate and / or chitosan; gelatin; shellac; epoxy resins; vinyl polymers; water insoluble inorganics; silicone; aminoplasts, or mixtures thereof. In some aspects, where the shell comprises an aminoplast, the aminoplast comprises polyurea, polyurethane, and / or polyureaurethane. The polyurea may comprise polyoxymethyleneurea and / or melamine formaldehyde.Perfume

[0137] Preferred compositions of the invention comprise perfume. Typically the composition comprises a perfume that comprises one or more perfume raw materials, selected from the group as described in WO08 / 87497. However, any perfume useful in a laundry care composition may be used. A preferred method of incorporating perfume into the compositions of the invention is via an encapsulated perfume particle comprising either a water-soluble hydroxylic compound or melamine-formaldehyde or modified polyvinyl alcohol.Malodor Reduction Materials

[0138] The cleaning compositions of the present disclosure may comprise malodour reduction materials. Such materials are capable of decreasing or even eliminating the perception of one or more malodors. These materials can be characterized by a calculated malodor reduction value ("MORV"), which is calculated according to the test method shown in WO2016 / 049389.

[0139] As used herein "MORV" is the calculated malodor reduction value for a subject material. A material's MORV indicates such material's ability to decrease or even eliminate the perception of one or more malodors.

[0140] The cleaning compositions of the present disclosure may comprise a sum total of from about 0.00025% to about 0.5%, preferably from about 0.0025% to about 0.1%, more preferably from about 0.005% to about 0.075%, most preferably from about 0.01% to about 0.05%, by weight of the composition, of 1 or more malodor reduction materials. The cleaning composition may comprise from about 1 to about 20 malodor reduction materials, more preferably 1 to about 15 malodor reduction materials, most preferably 1 to about 10 malodor reduction materials.

[0141] One, some, or each of the malodor reduction materials may have a MORV of at least 0.5, preferably from 0.5 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 10, most preferably from 1 to 5. One, some, or each of the malodor reduction materials may have a Universal MORV, defined as all of the MORV values of >0.5 for the malodors tested as described herein. The sum total of malodor reduction materials may have a Blocker Index of less than 3, more preferable less than about 2.5, even more preferably less than about 2, and still more preferably less than about 1, and most preferably about 0. The sum total of malodor reduction materials may have a Blocker Index average of from about 3 to about 0.001.

[0142] In the cleaning compositions of the present disclosure, the malodor reduction materials may have a Fragrance Fidelity Index of less than 3, preferably less than 2, more preferably less than 1 and most preferably about 0 and / or a Fragrance Fidelity Index average of 3 to about 0.001 Fragrance Fidelity Index. As the Fragrance Fidelity Index decreases, the malodor reduction material(s) provide less and less of a scent impact, while continuing to counteract malodors.

[0143] The cleaning compositions of the present disclosure may comprise a perfume. The weight ratio of parts of malodor reduction composition to parts of perfume may be from about 1:20,000 to about 3000:1, preferably from about 1:10,000 to about 1,000:1, more preferably from about 5,000:1 to about 500:1, and most preferably from about 1:15 to about 1:1. As the ratio of malodor reduction composition to parts of perfume is tightened, the malodor reduction material(s) provide less and less of a scent impact, while continuing to counteract malodors.Conditioning Agents

[0144] Suitable conditioning agents include high melting point fatty compounds. The high melting point fatty compound useful herein has a melting point of 25°C or higher and is selected from the group consisting of fatty alcohols, fatty acids, fatty alcohol derivatives, fatty acid derivatives, and mixtures thereof. Suitable conditioning agents also include nonionic polymers and conditioning oils, such as hydrocarbon oils, polyolefins, and fatty esters.

[0145] Suitable conditioning agents include those conditioning agents characterized generally as silicones (e.g., silicone oils, polyoils, cationic silicones, silicone gums, high refractive silicones, and silicone resins), organic conditioning oils (e.g., hydrocarbon oils, polyolefins, and fatty esters) or combinations thereof, or those conditioning agents which otherwise form liquid, dispersed particles in the aqueous surfactant matrix herein. The compositions of the present invention may also comprise from about 0.05% to about 3% of at least one organic conditioning oil as the conditioning agent, either alone or in combination with other conditioning agents, such as the silicones (described herein). Suitable conditioning oils include hydrocarbon oils, polyolefins, and fatty esters.Probiotics

[0146] The composition may comprise probiotics, such as those described in WO2009 / 043709.Organic acid

[0147] The detergent comprises one or more organic acids selected from the group consisting of acetic acid, adipic acid, aspartic acid, carboxymethyloxymalonic acid, carboxymethyloxysuccinic acid, citric acid, formic acid, glutaric acid, hydroxyethyliminodiacetic acid, iminodiacetic acid, lactic acid, maleic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, oxydiacetic acid, oxydisuccinic acid, succinic acid, sulfamic acid, tartaric acid, tartaric-disuccinic acid, tartaric-monosuccinic acid, or mixtures thereof. Preferably, the detergent composition may comprise an organic acid selected from the group consisting of acetic acid, lactic acid, and citric acid.Anti-oxidant

[0148] The composition may optionally contain an anti-oxidant present in the composition from about 0.001 to about 2% by weight. Preferably the antioxidant is present at a concentration in the range 0.01 to 0.08% by weight. Mixtures of anti-oxidants may be used.Hygiene Agent

[0149] The compositions of the present invention may also comprise components to deliver hygiene and / or malodour benefits such as one or more of zinc ricinoleate, thymol, quaternary ammonium salts such as Bardac ®< , polyethylenimines (such as Lupasol ®< from BASF) and zinc complexes thereof, silver and silver compounds, especially those designed to slowly release Ag+ or nano-silver dispersions.

[0150] The cleaning compositions of the present invention may also contain antimicrobial agents. Preferably, the anti-microbial agent is selected from the group consisting of 4-4'-dichloro-2-hydroxy diphenyl ether ("Diclosan"), 2,4,4'-trichloro-2'-hydroxy diphenyl ether ("Triclosan"), and a combination thereof. Most preferably, the anti-microbial agent is 4-4'-dichloro-2-hydroxy diphenyl ether, commercially available from BASF, under the trademark name Tinosan ®< HP100.Pearlescent Agent

[0151] Non-limiting examples of pearlescent agents include: mica; titanium dioxide coated mica; bismuth oxychloride; fish scales; mono and diesters of alkylene glycol. The pearlescent agent may be ethyleneglycoldistearate (EGDS).Opacifier

[0152] In one embodiment, the composition might also comprise an opacifier. As the term is used herein, an "opacifier" is a substance added to a material in order to make the ensuing system opaque. In one preferred embodiment, the opacifier is Acusol, which is available from Dow Chemicals. Acusol opacifiers are provided in liquid form at a certain % solids level. As supplied, the pH of Acusol opacifiers ranges from 2.0 to 5.0 and particle sizes range from 0.17 to 0.45 um. In one preferred embodiment, Acusol OP303B and 301 can be used.

[0153] In yet another embodiment, the opacifier may be an inorganic opacifier. Preferably, the inorganic opacifier can be TiO 2 , ZnO, talc, CaCO 3 , and combination thereof. The composite opacifier-microsphere material is readily formed with a preselected specific gravity, so that there is little tendency for the material to separate.Solvents

[0154] The solvent system in the present compositions can be a solvent system containing water alone or mixtures of organic solvents either without or preferably with water. The compositions may optionally comprise an organic solvent. Suitable organic solvents include C 4 -C 14 ethers and diethers, glycols, alkoxylated glycols, C 6 -C 16 glycol ethers, alkoxylated aromatic alcohols, aromatic alcohols, aliphatic branched alcohols, alkoxylated aliphatic branched alcohols, alkoxylated linear C 1 -C 5 alcohols, linear C 1 -C 5 alcohols, amines, C 8 -C 14 alkyl and cycloalkyl hydrocarbons and halohydrocarbons, and mixtures thereof. Preferred organic solvents include 1,2-propanediol, 2,3-butanediol, ethanol, glycerol, ethoxylated glycerol, dipropylene glycol, methyl propane diol and mixtures thereof 2-ethyl hexanol, 3,5,5-trimethyl-1-hexanol, and 2 propyl heptanol. Solvents may be a polyethylene or polypropylene glycol ether of glycerin. Other lower alcohols, C 1 -C 4 alkanolamines such as monoethanolamine and triethanolamine, can also be used. Solvent systems can be absent, for example from anhydrous solid embodiments of the invention, but more typically are present at levels in the range of from about 0.1% to about 98%, preferably at least about 1% to about 50%, more usually from about 5% to about 25%, alternatively from about 1% to about 10% by weight of the liquid detergent composition of said organic solvent. These organic solvents may be used in conjunction with water, or they may be used without water.Hydrotrope

[0155] The composition may optionally comprise a hydrotrope in an effective amount, i.e. from about 0% to 15%, or about 1% to 10% , or about 3% to about 6%, so that compositions are compatible in water. Suitable hydrotropes for use herein include anionic-type hydrotropes, particularly sodium, potassium, and ammonium xylene sulfonate, sodium, potassium and ammonium toluene sulfonate, sodium potassium and ammonium cumene sulfonate, and mixtures thereof, as disclosed in U.S. Patent 3,915,903.Suds Suppressor

[0156] Compounds for reducing or suppressing the formation of suds can be incorporated into the water-soluble unit dose articles. Suds suppression can be of particular importance in the so-called "high concentration cleaning process" and in front-loading style washing machines. Examples of suds supressors include monocarboxylic fatty acid and soluble salts therein, high molecular weight hydrocarbons such as paraffin, fatty acid esters (e.g., fatty acid triglycerides), fatty acid esters of monovalent alcohols, aliphatic C 18 -C 40 ketones (e.g., stearone), N-alkylated amino triazines, waxy hydrocarbons preferably having a melting point below about 100 °C, silicone suds suppressors, and secondary alcohols. Preferred fatty acid blends may be mixtures enriched or fatty acid mixtures enriched with 2-alkyl fatty acid, preferably 2-methyl octanoic acid.

[0157] Additional suitable antifoams are those derived from phenylpropylmethyl substituted polysiloxanes.

[0158] The detergent composition may comprise a suds suppressor selected from organomodified silicone polymers with aryl or alkylaryl substituents combined with silicone resin and a primary filler, which is modified silica. The detergent compositions may comprise from about 0.001% to about 4.0%, by weight of the composition, of such a suds suppressor.

[0159] The detergent composition comprises a suds suppressor selected from: a) mixtures of from about 80 to about 92% ethylmethyl, methyl(2-phenylpropyl) siloxane; from about 5 to about 14% MQ resin in octyl stearate; and from about 3 to about 7% modified silica; b) mixtures of from about 78 to about 92% ethylmethyl, methyl(2-phenylpropyl) siloxane; from about 3 to about 10% MQ resin in octyl stearate; from about 4 to about 12% modified silica; or c) mixtures thereof, where the percentages are by weight of the anti-foam.

[0160] Below are more details on representative laundry detergent: Liquid laundry detergent composition.

[0161] The laundry detergent composition can be a liquid laundry detergent composition. Suitable liquid laundry detergent compositions can comprise a non-soap surfactant, wherein the non-soap surfactant comprises an anionic non-soap surfactant and a non-ionic surfactant. The laundry detergent composition can comprise from 10% to 60%, or from 20% to 55% by weight of the laundry detergent composition of the non-soap surfactant. The non-soap anionic surfactant to nonionic surfactant are from 1:1 to 20:1, from 1.5:1 to 17.5:1, from 2:1 to 15:1, or from 2.5:1 to 13:1. Suitable non-soap anionic surfactants include linear alkylbenzene sulphonate, alkyl sulphate or a mixture thereof. The weight ratio of linear alkylbenzene sulphonate to alkyl sulphate can be from 1:2 to 9:1, from 1:1 to 7:1, from 1:1 to 5:1, or from 1:1 to 4:1. Suitable linear alkylbenzene sulphonates are C 10 -C 16 alkyl benzene sulfonic acids, or C 11 -C 14 alkyl benzene sulfonic acids. Suitable alkyl sulphate anionic surfactants include alkoxylated alkyl sulphates, non-alkoxylated alkyl sulphates, and mixture thereof. Preferably, the HLAS surfactant comprises greater than 50% C 12 , preferably greater than 60%, preferably greater than 70% C 12 , more preferably greater than 75% C 12 . Suitable alkoxylated alkyl sulphate anionic surfactants include ethoxylated alkyl sulphate anionic surfactants. Suitable alkyl sulphate anionic surfactants include ethoxylated alkyl sulphate anionic surfactant with a mol average degree of ethoxylation of from 1 to 5, from 1 to 3, or from 2 to 3. The alkyl alkoxylated sulfate may have a broad alkoxy distribution or a peaked alkoxy distribution. The alkyl portion of the AES may include, on average, from 13.7 to about 16 or from 13.9 to 14.6 carbons atoms.

[0162] At least about 50% or at least about 60% of the AES molecule may include having an alkyl portion having 14 or more carbon atoms, preferable from 14 to 18, or from 14 to 17, or from 14 to 16, or from 14 to 15 carbon atoms. The alkyl sulphate anionic surfactant may comprise a non-ethoxylated alkyl sulphate and an ethoxylated alkyl sulphate wherein the mol average degree of ethoxylation of the alkyl sulphate anionic surfactant is from 1 to 5, from 1 to 3, or from 2 to 3. The alkyl fraction of the alkyl sulphate anionic surfactant can be derived from fatty alcohols, oxo-synthesized alcohols, Guerbet alcohols, or mixtures thereof. Preferred alkyl sulfates include optionally ethoxylated alcohol sulfates including 2-alkyl branched primary alcohol sulfates especially 2-branched C 12-15 primary alcohol sulfates, linear primary alcohol sulfates especially linear C 12-14 primary alcohol sulfates, and mixtures thereof. The laundry detergent composition can comprise from 10% to 50%, or from 15% to 45%, or from 20% to 40%, or from 30% to 40% by weight of the laundry detergent composition of the non-soap anionic surfactant.

[0163] Suitable non-ionic surfactants can be selected from alcohol broad or narrow range alkoxylates, an oxo-synthesised alcohol alkoxylate, Guerbet alcohol alkoxylates, alkyl phenol alcohol alkoxylates, or a mixture thereof. The laundry detergent composition can comprise from 0.01% to 10%, from 0.01% to 8%, from 0.1% to 6%, or from 0.15% to 5% by weight of the liquid laundry detergent composition of a non-ionic surfactant.

[0164] The liquid laundry detergent composition comprises from 1.5% to 20%, or from 2% to 15%, or from 3% to 10%, or from 4% to 8% by weight of the laundry detergent composition of soap, such as a fatty acid salt. Such soaps can be amine neutralized, for instance using an alkanolamine such as monoethanolamine.

[0165] The liquid laundry detergent composition can comprises an adjunct ingredient selected from the group comprising builders including citrate, enzymes, bleach, bleach catalyst, dye, hueing dye, Leuco dyes, brightener, cleaning polymers including alkoxylated polyamines and polyethyleneimines, amphiphilic copolymers, soil release polymer, surfactant, solvent, dye transfer inhibitors, chelant, diamines, perfume, encapsulated perfume, polycarboxylates, structurant, pH trimming agents, antioxidants, antibacterial, antimicrobial agents, preservatives and mixtures thereof.

[0166] The liquid laundry detergent composition can have a pH of from 2 to 11, or from 6.5 to 8.9, or from 7 to 8, wherein the pH of the laundry detergent composition is measured at a 10% product concentration in demineralized water at 20°C.

[0167] The liquid laundry detergent composition can be Newtonian or non-Newtonian, preferably non-Newtonian.

[0168] For liquid laundry detergent compositions, the composition can comprise from 5% to 99%, or from 15% to 90%, or from 25% to 80% by weight of the liquid detergent composition of water.

[0169] The following are exemplary liquid laundry detergent formulations (Table 1). Preferably the liquid laundry detergent composition comprises from between 0.1 to 20.0%, preferably 0.2% to 10%, preferably between 0.3% and 5.0%, preferably between 0.5% and 3%, more preferably between 1% to 2.5% by weight of the detergent composition of the polymer according to the invention. Table 1.Raw MaterialComp. 1 %wtComp. 2 %wtComp. 3 %wtComp. 4 %wtBranched Alkyl Sulfate0.05.30.05.3Sodium Lauryl Sulfate0.03.00.03.0Linear alkylbenzene sulfonate18.05.06.05.0AE 3 S Ethoxylated alkyl sulphate with an average degree of ethoxylation of 35.00.01.30.0C 25 AES Ethoxylated alkyl sulphate with an average degree of ethoxylation of 2.5 1< 0.03.01.40.0Amine oxide0.71.00.40.8C 12-14 alkyl ethoxylate (EO7)8.40.012.95.0C 12-14 alkyl ethoxylate (EO9)0.08.70.03.7C 12-15 alkyl ethoxylate (EO7)0.02.70.02.7Citric acid2.92.30.72.3Palm kernel fatty acid0.01.00.01.0Topped kernel fatty acid2.90.02.30.0Mannanase0.00170.00170.00170.0017Pectawash0.003420.003420.003420.00342Amylase0.007660.007660.007660.00766Protease0.077060.077060.077060.07706Nuclease 3< 0.0100.010.010.01Sodium tetraborate0.01.70.01.7MEA-Boric Acid Salt0.00.00.80.0Calcium / sodium formate0.00.040.010.04Sodium / Calcium Chloride0.040.020.030.02Ethoxylated polyethyleneimine 2< 0.02.01.12.0Amphiphilic graft copolymer1.50.00.00.0Ethoxylated-Propoxylated polyethyleneimine0.02.00.82.0Zwitterionic polyamine0.50.00.00.0Nonionic polyester terephthalate1.01.01.01.0Polymer of the present invention1.02.01.52.5DTPA0.00.10.20.1EDDS0.10.00.00.0GLDA0.40.30.10.0MGDA0.20.00.00.5Diethylene triamine penta(methyl phosphonic) acid (DTPMP)1.10.00.00.0Fluorescent Brightener 8< 0.060.220.030.15Ethanol0.71.90.01.9propylene glycol5.55.50.335.5Sorbitol0.010.010.00.01Monoethanolamine0.20.20.60.2DETA0.10.080.00.08Antioxidant 10.00.10.10.1Antioxidant 20.10.00.00.0Hygiene Agent0.00.00.050.0NaOH4.74.71.14.7NaCS3.21.73.21.7Hydrogenated Castor Oil0.20.10.120.1Aesthetic dye0.100.010.0060.01Leuco dye0.050.010.00.01Perfume2.01.30.51.3Perfume microcapsules0.50.050.10.05Silicone antifoam 7< 0.020.010.00.01Phenyloxyethanol0.0020.010.00.01Hueing dye0.010.10.050.1Water & miscellaneousbalancebalanceBalancebalanceDescription of super-script numbers: 1 C 12-15 EO2.5S AlkylethoxySulfate where the alkyl portion of AES includes from about 13.9 to 14.6 carbon atoms 2 PE-20 commercially available from BASF 3 Nuclease enzyme is as claimed in co-pending European application 19219568.3 4 Antioxidant 1 is 3,5-bis(1,1-dimethylethyl)-4-hydroxybenzenepropanoic acid, methyl ester [6386-38-5] 5 Antioxidant 2 is Tinogard TS commercially available from BASF 6 Hygiene Agent is agent is Tinosan HP 100 commercially available from BASF 7 Dow Coming supplied antifoam blend 80-92% ethylmethyl-methyl(2-phenyl propyl)siloxane; 5-14% MQ Resin in octyl stearate a 3-7% modified silica. 8 Fluorescent Brightener is disodium 4,4'-bis{[4-anilino-6-morpholino-s-triazin-2-yl]-amino}-2,2'-stilbenedisulfonate or 2,2'-([1,1'-Biphenyl]-4,4'-diyldi-2,1-ethenediyl)bis-benzenesulfonic acid disodium salt. Water-Soluble Unit Dose Article.

[0170] The laundry detergent composition can be a water-soluble unit dose article. The water-soluble unit dose article comprises at least one water-soluble film orientated to create at least one unit dose internal compartment, wherein the at least one unit dose internal compartment comprises a detergent composition. The water-soluble film preferably comprises polyvinyl alcohol homopolymer or polyvinyl alcohol copolymer, for example a blend of polyvinylalcohol homopolymers and / or polyvinylalcohol copolymers, for example copolymers selected from sulphonated and carboxylated anionic polyvinylalcohol copolymers especially carboxylated anionic polyvinylalcohol copolymers, for example a blend of a polyvinylalcohol homopolymer and a carboxylated anionic polyvinylalcohol copolymer. In some examples water soluble films are those supplied by Monosol under the trade references M8630, M8900, M8779, M8310. The detergent product comprises a detergent composition, more preferably a laundry detergent composition. Preferably the laundry detergent composition enclosed in the water-soluble unit dose article comprises from between 0.1% and 8%, preferably between 0.5% and 7%, more preferably 1.0% to 6.0% by weight of the detergent composition of the polymer of the present invention. Preferably the soluble unit dose laundry detergent composition comprises a non-soap surfactant, wherein the non-soap surfactant comprises an anionic non-soap surfactant and a non-ionic surfactant. More preferably, the laundry detergent composition comprises between 10% and 60%, or between 20% and 55% by weight of the laundry detergent composition of the non-soap surfactant. The weight ratio of non-soap anionic surfactant to nonionic surfactant preferably is from 1:1 to 20:1, from 1.5:1 to 17.5:1, from 2:1 to 15:1, or from 2.5:1 to 13:1. The non-soap anionic surfactants preferably comprise linear alkylbenzene sulphonate, alkyl sulphate or a mixture thereof. The weight ratio of linear alkylbenzene sulphonate to alkyl sulphate preferably is from 1:2 to 9:1, from 1:1 to 7:1, from 1:1 to 5:1, or from 1:1 to 4:1. Example linear alkylbenzene sulphonates are C 10 -C 16 alkyl benzene sulfonic acids, or C 11 -C 14 alkyl benzene sulfonic acids. By 'linear', we herein mean the alkyl group is linear. Example alkyl sulphate anionic surfactant may comprise alkoxylated alkyl sulphate or non-alkoxylated alkyl sulphate or a mixture thereof. Example alkoxylated alkyl sulphate anionic surfactants comprise an ethoxylated alkyl sulphate anionic surfactant. Example alkyl sulphate anionic surfactant may comprise an ethoxylated alkyl sulphate anionic surfactant with a mol average degree of ethoxylation from 1 to 5, from 1 to 3, or from 2 to 3. Example alkyl sulphate anionic surfactant may comprise a non-ethoxylated alkyl sulphate and an ethoxylated alkyl sulphate wherein the mol average degree of ethoxylation of the alkyl sulphate anionic surfactant is from 1 to 5, from 1 to 3, or from 2 to 3. Example alkyl fraction of the alkyl sulphate anionic surfactant are derived from fatty alcohols, oxo-synthesized alcohols, Guerbet alcohols, or mixtures thereof. Preferably the laundry detergent composition comprises between 10% and 50%, between 15% and 45%, between 20% and 40%, or between 30% and 40% by weight of the laundry detergent composition of the non-soap anionic surfactant. In some examples, the non-ionic surfactant is selected from alcohol alkoxylate, an oxo-synthesised alcohol alkoxylate, Guerbet alcohol alkoxylates, alkyl phenol alcohol alkoxylates, or a mixture thereof. Preferably, the laundry detergent composition comprises between 0.01% and 10%, or between 0.01% and 8%, or between 0.1% and 6%, or between 0.15% and 5% by weight of the liquid laundry detergent composition of a non-ionic surfactant. Preferably, the laundry detergent composition comprises between 1.5% and 20%, between 2% and 15%, between 3% and 10%, or between 4% and 8% by weight of the laundry detergent composition of soap, in some examples a fatty acid salt, in some examples an amine neutralized fatty acid salt, wherein in some examples the amine is an alkanolamine preferably monoethanolamine. Preferably the liquid laundry detergent composition comprises less than 15%, or less than 12% by weight of the liquid laundry detergent composition of water. Preferably, the laundry detergent composition comprises between 10% and 40%, or between 15% and 30% by weight of the liquid laundry detergent composition of a non-aqueous solvent selected from 1,2-propanediol, dipropylene glycol, tripropyleneglycol, glycerol, sorbitol, polyethylene glycol or a mixture thereof. Preferably the liquid laundry detergent composition comprises from 0.1% to 10%, preferably from 0.5% to 8% by weight of the detergent composition of further soil release polymers, preferably selected from the group of nonionic and / or anionically modified polyester terephthalate soil release polymers such as commercially available under the Texcare brand name from Clariant, amphiphilic graft polymers such as those based on polyalkylene oxides and vinyl esters, polyalkoxylated polyethyleneimines, and mixtures thereof. Preferably the liquid detergent composition further comprises from 0.1% to 10% preferably from 1% to 5% of a chelant. In some examples, the laundry detergent composition comprises an adjunct ingredient selected from the group comprising builders including citrate, enzymes, bleach, bleach catalyst, dye, hueing dye, brightener, cleaning polymers including (zwitterionic) alkoxylated polyamines, surfactant, solvent, dye transfer inhibitors, perfume, encapsulated perfume, polycarboxylates, structurant, pH trimming agents, and mixtures thereof. Preferably, the laundry detergent composition has a pH between 6 and 10, between 6.5 and 8.9, or between 7 and 8, wherein the pH of the laundry detergent composition is measured as a 10% product concentration in demineralized water at 20°C. When liquid, the laundry detergent composition may be Newtonian or non-Newtonian, preferably non-Newtonian.

[0171] The following is an exemplary water-soluble unit dose formulation (Table 2). The composition can be part of a single chamber water soluble unit dose article or can be split over multiple compartments resulting in below "averaged across compartments" full article composition. The composition is enclosed within a polyvinyl alcohol-based water soluble, the polyvinyl alcohol comprising a blend of a polyvinyl alcohol homopolymer and an anionic e.g. carboxylated polyvinyl alcohol copolymer. Table 2.IngredientsComp. 5 (wt%)Fatty alcohol ethoxylate non-ionic surfactant, C 12-14 average degree of ethoxylation of 73.8Lutensol XL1000.5Linear C 11-14 alkylbenzene sulphonate24.6AE 3 S Ethoxylated alkyl sulphate with an average degree of ethoxylation of 312.5Citric acid0.7Palm Kernel Fatty acid5.3Nuclease enzyme* (wt% active protein)0.01Protease enzyme (wt% active protein)0.07Amylase enzyme (wt% active protein)0.005Xyloglucanese enzyme (wt% active protein)0.005Mannanase enzyme (wt% active protein)0.003Ethoxylated polyethyleneimine (Lutensol FP620 - PEI600EO20)1.4Amphiphilic graft copolymer**1.6Zwitterionic polyamine (Lutensit Z96)1.5Anionic polyester terephthalate (Texcare SRA300)0.6Polymer of the present invention3.0HEDP2.2Brightener 490.4Silicone anti-foam0.3Hueing dye0.051,2 PropaneDiol11.0Glycerine4.7DPG (DiPropyleneGlycol)1.7TPG (TriPropyleneGlycol)0.1Sorbitol0.1Monoethanolamine10.2K 2 SO 3 0.4MgCl 2 0.3Water10.5Hydrogenated castor oil0.1Perfume2.1Aesthetic dye & MinorsBalance to 100pH (10% product concentration in demineralized water at 20°C)7.4Description of super-scripts: *Nuclease enzyme is as claimed in co-pending European application 19219568.3 **polyethylene glycol graft polymer comprising a polyethylene glycol backbone (Pluriol E6000) and hydrophobic vinyl acetate side chains, comprising 40% by weight of the polymer system of a polyethylene glycol backbone polymer and 60% by weight of the polymer system of the grafted vinyl acetate side chains Solid Free-flowing Particulate Laundry Detergent Composition.

[0172] The laundry detergent composition can be a solid free-flowing particulate laundry detergent composition. The following is an exemplary solid free-flowing particulate laundry detergent composition (Table 3). Table 3.IngredientComp. 6 (wt%)Anionic detersive surfactant (such as alkyl benzene sulphonate, alkyl ethoxylated sulphate and mixtures thereof)from 8wt% to 15wt%Non-ionic detersive surfactant (such as alkyl ethoxylated alcohol)from 0.1wt% to 4wt%Cationic detersive surfactant (such as quaternary ammonium compounds)from 0wt% to 4wt%Other detersive surfactant (such as zwiterionic detersive surfactants, amphoteric surfactants and mixtures thereof)from 0wt% to 4wt%Carboxylate polymer (such as co-polymers of maleic acid and acrylic acid and / or carboxylate polymers comprising ether moieties and sulfonate moieties)from 0.1wt% to 4wt%Polyethylene glycol polymer (such as a polyethylene glycol polymer comprising polyvinyl acetate side chains)from 0wt% to 4wt%Polyester soil release polymer (such as Repel-o-tex and / or Texcare polymers)from 0wt% to 2wt%Cellulosic polymer (such as carboxymethyl cellulose, methyl cellulose and combinations thereof)from 0.5wt% to 2wt%Polymer of the present inventionFrom 0.1wt% to 4wt%Other polymer (such as polymers based on polysaccharide)from 0wt% to 4wt%Zeolite builder and phosphate builder (such as zeolite 4A and / or sodium tripolyphosphate)from 0wt% to 4wt%Other co-builder (such as sodium citrate and / or citric acid)from 0wt% to 3wt%Carbonate salt (such as sodium carbonate and / or sodium bicarbonate)from 0wt% to 20wt%Silicate salt (such as sodium silicate)from 0wt% to 10wt%Filler (such as sodium sulphate and / or bio-fillers)from 10wt% to 70wt%Source of hydrogen peroxide (such as sodium percarbonate)from 0wt% to 20wt%Bleach activator (such as tetraacetylethylene diamine (TAED) and / or nonanoyloxybenzenesulphonate (NOBS))from 0wt% to 8wt%Bleach catalyst (such as oxaziridinium-based bleach catalyst and / or transition metal bleach catalyst)from 0wt% to 0.1wt%Other bleach (such as reducing bleach and / or pre-formed peracid)from 0wt% to 10wt%Photobleach (such as zinc and / or aluminium sulphonated phthalocyanine)from 0wt% to 0.1wt%Chelant (such as ethylenediamine-N'N'-disuccinic acid (EDDS) and / or hydroxyethane diphosphonic acid (HEDP))from 0.2wt% to 1wt%Hueing agent (such as direct violet 9, 66, 99, acid red 50, solvent violet 13 and any combination thereof)from 0wt% to 1wt%Brightener (C.I. fluorescent brightener 260 or C.I. fluorescent brightener 351)from 0.1wt% to 0.4wt%Protease (such as Savinase, Savinase Ultra, Purafect, FN3, FN4 and any combination thereof)from 0.1wt% to 0.4wt%Amylase (such as Termamyl, Termamyl ultra, Natalase, Optisize, Stainzyme, Stainzyme Plus and any combination thereof)from 0wt% to 0.2wt%Cellulase (such as Carezyme and / or Celluclean)from 0wt% to 0.2wt%Lipase (such as Lipex, Lipolex, Lipoclean and any combination thereof)from 0wt% to 1wt%Other enzyme (such as xyloglucanase, cutinase, pectate lyase, mannanase, bleaching enzyme)from 0wt% to 2wt%Fabric softener (such as montmorillonite clay and / or polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS))from 0wt% to 15wt%Flocculant (such as polyethylene oxide)from 0wt% to 1wt%Suds suppressor (such as silicone and / or fatty acid)from 0wt% to 4wt%Perfume (such as perfume microcapsule, spray-on perfume, starch encapsulated perfume accords, perfume loaded zeolite, and any combination thereof)from 0.1wt% to 1wt%Aesthetics (such as coloured soap rings and / or coloured speckles / noodles)from 0wt% to 1wt%Miscellaneousbalance to 100wt% Fibrous Water-soluble Unit Dose Article.

[0173] The laundry detergent can be a fibrous water-soluble unit dose article. As used herein, the phrases "water-soluble unit dose article," "water-soluble fibrous structure", and "water-soluble fibrous element" mean that the unit dose article, fibrous structure, and fibrous element are miscible in water. In other words, the unit dose article, fibrous structure, or fibrous element is capable of forming a homogeneous solution with water at ambient conditions. "Ambient conditions" as used herein means 23°C ± 1.0°C and a relative humidity of 50% ± 2%. The water-soluble unit dose article may contain insoluble materials, which are dispersible in aqueous wash conditions to a suspension mean particle size that is less than about 20 microns, or less than about 50 microns.

[0174] The fibrous water-soluble unit dose article may include any of the disclosures found in U.S. Patent Application No. 15 / 880,594 filed on January 26, 2018; U.S. Patent Application No. 15 / 880,599 filed January 26, 2018; and U.S. Patent Application No. 15 / 880,604 filed January 26, 2018; incorporated by reference in their entirety. Preferred water-soluble fibrous structure comprises particles having a ratio of Linear Alkylbenzene Sulfonate to Alkylethoxylated Sulfate or Alkyl Sulfate of greater than 1.

[0175] These fibrous water-soluble unit dose articles can be dissolved under various wash conditions, e.g., low temperature, low water and / or short wash cycles or cycles where consumers have been overloading the machine, especially with items having high water absorption capacities, while providing sufficient delivery of active agents for the intended effect on the target consumer substrates (with similar performance as today's liquid products). Furthermore, the water-soluble unit dose articles described herein can be produced in an economical manner by spinning fibers comprising active agents. The water-soluble unit dose articles described herein also have improved cleaning performance.Method of Use.

[0176] The compositions of this invention, prepared as hereinbefore described, can be used to form aqueous washing / treatment solutions for use in the laundering / treatment of fabrics. Generally, an effective amount of such compositions is added to water, for example in a conventional fabric automatic washing machine, to form such aqueous laundering solutions. The aqueous washing solution so formed is then contacted, typically under agitation, with the fabrics to be laundered / treated therewith. An effective amount of the liquid detergent compositions herein added to water to form aqueous laundering solutions can comprise amounts sufficient to form from about 500 to 7,000 ppm of composition in aqueous washing solution, or from about 1,000 to 3,000 ppm of the laundry care compositions herein will be provided in aqueous washing solution.

[0177] Typically, the wash liquor is formed by contacting the composition with wash water in such an amount so that the concentration of the laundry care composition in the wash liquor is from above 0g / l to 5g / l, or from 1g / l, and to 4.5g / l, or to 4.0g / l, or to 3.5g / l, or to 3.0g / l, or to 2.5g / l, or even to 2.0g / l, or even to 1.5g / l. The method of laundering fabric or textile may be carried out in a top-loading or front-loading automatic washing machine or can be used in a hand-wash laundry application. In these applications, the wash liquor formed and concentration of laundry detergent composition in the wash liquor is that of the main wash cycle. Any input of water during any optional rinsing step(s) is not included when determining the volume of the wash liquor.

[0178] The wash liquor may comprise 40 liters or less of water, or 30 liters or less, or 20 liters or less, or 10 liters or less, or 8 liters or less, or even 6 liters or less of water. The wash liquor may comprise from above 0 to 15 liters, or from 2 liters, and to 12 liters, or even to 8 liters of water. Typically, from 0.01kg to 2kg of fabric per liter of wash liquor is dosed into said wash liquor. Typically, from 0.01kg, or from 0.05kg, or from 0.07kg, or from 0.10kg, or from 0.15kg, or from 0.20kg, or from 0.25kg fabric per liter of wash liquor is dosed into said wash liquor. Optionally, 50g or less, or 45g or less, or 40g or less, or 35g or less, or 30g or less, or 25g or less, or 20g or less, or even 15g or less, or even 10g or less of the composition is contacted to water to form the wash liquor. Such compositions are typically employed at concentrations of from about 500 ppm to about 15,000 ppm in solution. When the wash solvent is water, the water temperature typically ranges from about 5 °C to about 90 °C and, when the situs comprises a fabric, the water to fabric ratio is typically from about 1:1 to about 30:1. Typically the wash liquor comprising the laundry care composition of the invention has a pH of from 3 to 11.5.

[0179] In one aspect, such method comprises the steps of optionally washing and / or rinsing said surface or fabric, contacting said surface or fabric with any composition disclosed in this specification then optionally washing and / or rinsing said surface or fabric is disclosed, with an optional drying step.

[0180] Drying of such surfaces or fabrics may be accomplished by any one of the common means employed either in domestic or industrial settings. The fabric may comprise any fabric capable of being laundered in normal consumer or institutional use conditions, and the invention is suitable for cellulosic substrates and in some aspects also suitable for synthetic textiles such as polyester and nylon and for treatment of mixed fabrics and / or fibers comprising synthetic and cellulosic fabrics and / or fibers. As examples of synthetic fabrics are polyester, nylon, these may be present in mixtures with cellulosic fibers, for example, polycotton fabrics. The solution typically has a pH of from 7 to 11, more usually 8 to 10.5. The compositions are typically employed at concentrations from 500 ppm to 5,000 ppm in solution. The water temperatures typically range from about 5°C to about 90°C. The water to fabric ratio is typically from about 1:1 to about 30:1. Another method includes contacting a nonwoven substrate, which is impregnated with the detergent composition, with a soiled material. As used herein, "nonwoven substrate" can comprise any conventionally fashioned nonwoven sheet or web having suitable basis weight, caliper (thickness), absorbency, and strength characteristics. Non-limiting examples of suitable commercially available nonwoven substrates include those marketed under the trade names SONTARA ®< by DuPont and POLY WEB ®< by James River Corp.

[0181] The polysaccharide ester can prevent dye transfer during a laundering process when incorporated into a laundry detergent composition which additionally comprises a detersive surfactant. Particularly, the polysaccharide ester can prevent dye transfer onto synthetic fabric comprising polyethylene terephthalate (PET) during a laundering process in the presence of body soil.

[0182] In addition to the use of the polysaccharide ester in a laundry detergent composition to prevent dye transfer, the polysaccharide ester can also provide the following benefits when incorporated into a laundry detergent composition which additionally comprises a detersive surfactant: (i) sebum removal; and / or (ii) improved removal of oily / fatty stains; and / or (iii) soil removal of particulate stains; and / or (iv) dispersion and / or emulsification of soils; and / or (v) modification of treated surface to improve removal upon later re-soiling; and / or (vi) removal of malodourous species. Carbon source of raw materials:

[0183] The raw materials for preparation of the surfactant, polymers and other ingredients can be based on fossil carbon or renewable carbon. Renewable carbon is a carbon source that avoid the use of fossil carbon such as natural gas, coal, petroleum. Typically, renewable carbon is derived from the biomass, carbon capture, or chemical recycling.

[0184] Biomass is a renewable carbon source formed through photosynthesis in the presence of sunlight, or chemosynthesis process in the absence of sunlight. In some cases, polymers isolated from biomass can be used directly, or further derivatized to make performance polymers. For example, the use of polysaccharide (such as starch) and derivatized polysaccharide (such as cellulose derivatives, guar derivatives, dextran derivatives) in fabric home care composition are known. In some cases, biomass can be converted into basic chemicals under certain thermal, chemical, or biological conditions. For example, bioethanol can be derived from biomass such as straw, and further convert to biobased polyethylene glycol. Other nonlimiting examples of renewable carbon from biomass include plants (e.g., sugar cane, beets, corn, potatoes, citrus fruit, woody plants, lignocellulosics, hemicellulosics, cellulosic waste), animals, animal fats, fish, bacteria, fungi, plant-based oils, and forestry products. These resources can be naturally occurring, hybrids, or genetically engineered organisms.

[0185] Carbon capture is another renewable carbon source which use various process to capture CO 2 or methane from industrial or natural processes, or directly from air (direct capture). Captured methane and CO 2 maybe converted into syngas, and / or further convert to basic chemicals, including but not limit to methanol, ethanol, fatty alcohols such as C 12 / C 14 or even C 16 / C 18 alcohols, other alcohols, olefins, alkanes, saturated and unsaturated organic acids, etc. These basic chemicals can used as or further convert to monomers for making transformed to usable chemicals by e.g. catalytic processes, such as the Fischer-Tropsch process or by fermentation by C 1 -fixing microorganisms.

[0186] Chemical recycling is another renewable carbon source which allow plastics from waste management industry to be recycled and converted into base chemicals and chemical feedstocks. In some cases, waste plastics which cannot be re-used or mechanical recycled are convert to hydrocarbons or basic petrochemicals through gasification, pyrolysis or hydrothermal treatment processes, the hydrocarbons and basic petrochemicals can be further convert into monomers for polymers. In some cases, waste plastics are depolymerized into monomers to make new polymers. It is also possible that waste plastics are depolymerized into oligomers, the oligomers can be used as building blocks to make new polymers. The waste plastic converted by various processes to a waste plastic feedstock for the above materials may either be used alone or in combination with traditional surfactant feedstocks, such as kerosene, polyolefins derived from natural gas, coal, crude oil or even biomass, or waste fat / oil-derived paraffin and olefin, to produce biodegradable surfactants for use in detergents and other industries (thereby providing a benefit to society).

[0187] Preferably, the surfactant, polymers and other ingredients contains renewable carbon, the Renewable Carbon Index (RCI, a measure of sustainability by dividing the number of carbons derived from renewable sources by the total number of carbons in an active ingredient) of the polymer is above 10%, more preferably above 30%, more preferably above 50%, more preferably above 60%, more preferably between 70% to 100% (including 100%), and most preferably 100%.EXAMPLESExample 1. Synthesis of polysaccharide ester.Example 1.1 Preparation of Poly Alpha-1, 6-Glucan Samples

[0188] Methods to prepare poly alpha-1,6-glucan containing various amounts of alpha-1,2 branching are disclosed in published patent application WO2017 / 091533, which is incorporated herein by reference. Reaction parameters such as sucrose concentration, temperature, and pH can be adjusted to provide poly alpha-1,6-glucan having various levels of alpha-1,2-branching and molecular weight. A representative procedure for the preparation of alpha-1,2-branched poly alpha-1,6-glucan is provided below (containing 19% alpha-1,2-branching and 81% alpha-1,6 linkages). The 1D 1< H NMR spectrum was used to quantify glycosidic linkage distribution. Additional samples of poly alpha-1,6-glucan with alpha-1,2-branching were prepared similarly. For example, one sample contained 32% alpha-1,2-branching and 68% alpha-1,6 linkages, and another contained 10% alpha-1,2-branching and 90% alpha-1,6 linkages.Example 1.2 Preparation of Poly Alpha-1, 6-Glucan with 19% Alpha-1,2 Branching

[0189] Soluble alpha-1,2-branched poly alpha-1,6-glucan was prepared using stepwise combination of glucosyltransferase GTF8117 and alpha-1,2 branching enzyme GTFJ18T1, according to the following procedure.

[0190] A reaction mixture (2 L) comprised of sucrose (450 g / L), GTF8117 (9.4 U / mL), and 50 mM sodium acetate was adjusted to pH 5.5 and stirred at 47 °C. Aliquots (0.2 - 1 mL) were withdrawn at predetermined times and quenched by heating at 90 °C for 15 min. The resulting heat-treated aliquots were passed through 0.45-µm filter. The flow-through was analyzed by HPLC to determine the concentration of sucrose, glucose, fructose, leucrose, oligosaccharides and polysaccharides. After 23.5 h, the reaction mixture was heated to 90 °C for 30 minutes. An aliquot of the heat-treated reaction mixture was passed through 0.45-µm filter and the flow-through was analyzed for soluble mono / disaccharides, oligosaccharides, and polysaccharides. A major product was linear dextran with a DPw of 93.

[0191] A second reaction mixture was prepared by adding 238.2 g of sucrose and 210 mL of alpha-1,2-branching enzyme GTFJ18T1 (5.0 U / mL) to the leftover heat-treated reaction mixture that was obtained from the GTF8117 reaction described immediately above. The mixture was stirred at 30 °C with a volume of ∼ 2.2 L. Aliquots (0.2 - 1 mL) were withdrawn at predetermined times and quenched by heating at 90 °C for 15 min. The resulting heat-treated aliquots were passed through 0.45-µm filter. The flow-through was analyzed by HPLC to determine the concentration of sucrose, glucose, fructose, leucrose, oligosaccharides and polysaccharides. After 95 h, the reaction mixture was heated to 90 °C for 30 minutes. An aliquot of the heat-treated reaction mixture was passed through 0.45-µm filter and the flow-through was analyzed for soluble mono / disaccharides, oligosaccharides, and polysaccharides. Leftover heat-treated mixture was centrifuged using 1 L centrifugation bottles. The supernatant was collected and cleaned more than 200-fold using ultrafiltration system with 1 or 5 KDa MWCO cassettes and deionized water. The cleaned oligo / polysaccharide product solution was dried. Dry sample was then analyzed by 1< H NMR spectroscopy to determine the anomeric linkages of the oligosaccharides and polysaccharides.Example 1.3 Modification of Poly Alpha-1,6-Glucan with 2-Octen-1-yl Succinic Anhydride (Inventive Polymer Example 1)

[0192] Poly alpha-1,6-glucan powder (15 kDa, 9% alpha-1,2-branching and 91% alpha-1,6 linkages, 10 g) (prepared as described herein above) was dissolved in 15 mL water. To this stirring solution was added 2-octen-1-yl succinic anhydride (3 g). The pH of the mixture was adjusted to pH 9 - 10 with 2.5 wt% NaOH solution. The pH of the reaction was continually adjusted to maintain pH 11 for three hours. The mixture was then neutralized to pH 6.5-7.5. The solution was poured into 100 mL isopropanol to precipitate the polymer. The polymer was collected. This process was repeated two more times. The final polymer was dissolved in water and lyophilized to yield white powder. The degree of substitution was determined by 1< H NMR analysis to be 0.15.Example 1.4 Modification of Poly Alpha-1,6-Glucan with Benzoic Anhydride (Inventive Polymer Example 2)

[0193] A 4-neck, 250 mL round bottom flask containing a stir rod, thermocouple, addition funnel, and condenser with N 2 inlet on top was charged with a mixture of DMAc (100 mL), CaCl 2 ·2H 2 O (4 g), and poly alpha-1,6-glucan (68 kDa, 33% alpha-1,2 branching and 67% alpha 1,6 linkages). The reaction mixture was stirred at 75 °C until a clear solution was formed. Azeotropic distillation was then performed with toluene (25 mL). After that, K 2 CO 3 (6 g) and benzoic anhydride (17 g) were added. The reaction mixture was heated with an 88 °C oil bath for 4 hours. Once the reaction reached completion, it was cooled down to room temperature. The desired product was precipitated by isopropanol, washed by isopropanol / water (90 / 10), and the crude product was further purified through ultrafiltration (MWCO 3 KD) to afford 16 grams of solid. The degree of substitution was determined by 1< H NMR analysis to be 0.1.Example 1.5 Modification of Modification of Poly Alpha-1, 6-Glucan with Benzoyl Chloride and Glutaric Anhydride (Inventive Polymer Example 3)

[0194] Poly alpha-1,6-glucan powder (68 kDa, 33% alpha-1,2-branching and 67% alpha-1,6 linkages, 20 gram) was dissolved in DMAc (100 mL) at 80 °C. Toluene (25 mL) was added and distilled off to dry the reaction mixture. After that, glutaric anhydride (2.5 gram) and benzoyl chloride (14 gram) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 4 h. The product was precipitated and purified using isopropanol. 21 gram of desired material was produced. This product was determined to by 1< H NMR analysis to have DoS (benzoyl) of 0.26 and DoS (glutaroyl) of 0.12.Example 1.6 Modification of Modification of Poly Alpha-1,6-Glucan with Benzoyl Chloride and DMAc (Inventive Polymer Example 4)

[0195] Poly alpha-1,6-glucan powder (68 kDa, 33% alpha-1,2-branching and 67% alpha-1,6 linkages, 20 gram) was dissolved in dimethylacetamide (DMAc, 100 mL) at 80 °C. Azeotropic distillation was then performed with toluene (25 mL). After that, benzoyl chloride (17.5 gram) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 4 h. The product was precipitated and purified using isopropanol. It was determined by 1< H NMR analysis to have DoS (benzoyl) of 0.79 and DoS (acetyl) of 0.17.Example 1.7 Modification of Poly Alpha-1, 6-Glucan with Benzoyl Chloride (Inventive Polymer Example 5)

[0196] Poly alpha-1,6-glucan powder (68 kDa, 33% alpha-1,2-branching and 67% alpha-1,6 linkages, 20 gram) and CaCl 2 ·2H 2 O (4 gram) were dissolved in DMAc (100 mL) at 80 °C. Azeotropic distillation was then performed with toluene (25 mL). After that, K 2 CO 3 (6 gram) and benzoyl chloride (17.5 gram) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 80 °C for 105 minutes. The product was precipitated and purified using isopropanol. It was determined by 1< H NMR analysis to have DoS (benzoyl) of 0.25.Example 1.8 Modification of Poly Alpha-1, 6-Glucan with Benzoyl Chloride and Acetyl Chloride (Inventive Polymer Example 6)

[0197] Poly alpha-1,6-glucan powder (68 kDa, 33% alpha-1,2-branching and 67% alpha-1,6 linkages, 30 gram) was dissolved in DMAc (150 mL) at 90 °C. Azeotropic distillation was then performed with toluene (25 mL). After that, benzoyl chloride (16 gram) and acetyl chloride (3 gram) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 2 hrs. The product was precipitated and purified using isopropanol. 28 gram of desired material was produced. It was determined by 1< H NMR analysis to have DoS (benzoyl) of 0.37 and DoS (acetyl) of 0.36.Example 1.9 Modification of Poly Alpha-1,6-Glucan with Benzoyl Chloride and DMAc (Inventive Polymer Example 7)

[0198] Poly alpha-1,6-glucan powder (56 kDa, 22% alpha-1,2-branching and 78% alpha-1,6 linkages, 20 gram) and CaCl 2 ·2H 2 O (2 gram) were dissolved in DMAc (100 mL) at 90 °C. Azeotropic distillation was then performed with toluene (25 mL). After that, benzoyl chloride (17.5 gram) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 1 hr. The product was precipitated and purified using isopropanol. It was determined by 1< H NMR analysis to have DoS (benzoyl) of 0.33 and DoS (acetyl) of 0.14.Example 1.10 Modification of Poly Alpha-1,6-Glucan with Benzoyl Chloride and DMAc (Inventive Polymer Example 8)

[0199] Poly alpha-1,6-glucan powder (60 kDa, 10% alpha-1,2 branching and 90% alpha-1,6 linkages, 20 gram) and CaCl 2 ·2H 2 O (2 gram) were dissolved in DMAc (120 mL) at 90 °C. Azeotropic distillation was then performed with toluene (25 mL). After that, benzoyl chloride (15 gram) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 90 °C for 2 hrs. The product was precipitated and purified using isopropanol. 23 gram of desired material was produced. It was determined by 1< H NMR analysis to have DoS (benzoyl) of 0.29 and DoS (acetyl) of 0.09.Example 1.11 Modification of Poly Alpha-1,6-Glucan with Benzoyl Chloride and DMAc (Inventive Polymer Example 9)

[0200] Poly alpha-1,6-glucan (56 kDa, 21% alpha-1,2 branching and 79% alpha-1,6 linkages, 200 gram) was soaked in DMAc (1 L) overnight. The mixture heated to 88 °C. DMAc was distilled off under vacuum (~300 mL was removed). To the mixture remaining in the pot was added benzoyl chloride (102 gram) over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred for 5-10 minutes, then acetyl chloride (28 gram) was added (over 5-10 min). The reaction mixture was stirred at 88 °C for 1.5 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature. The crude product was precipitated in isopropanol and washed with isopropanol and dried. It was determined by 1< H NMR analysis to have DoS (benzoyl) of 0.36 and DoS (acetyl) of 0.44.Example 1.12 Modification of Poly Alpha-1,6-Glucan with 2-Furoyl Chloride (Inventive Polymer Example 10)

[0201] Poly alpha-1,6-glucan powder (56 kDa, 21% alpha-1,2-branching and 79% alpha-1,6 linkages, 20.18 gram) was suspended in DMAc (100 mL) and stirred overnight at room temperature. DMAc (21.81 g) was distilled off at 83 °C and 20 torr followed by the dropwise addition of 2-furoyl chloride (10.06 g) to the material remaining in the pot. The reaction mixture was stirred at 85 °C for 5 h. The product was precipitated and purified using isopropanol yielding 24.75 g of a light tan powder after vacuum drying. DoS (2-Furoyl): 0.21.Example 1.13 Modification of Poly alpha-1,3 glucan with Benzoyl Chloride (Inventive polymer Example 11-22)

[0202] To an agitated and jacketed 1liter resin kettle was added 550 g of dimethylacetamide, 37 grams of the poly alpha-1,3 glucan polymer (backbone MW: 120K) and 26 grams of calcium chloride dihydrate. After holding the contents at 70 °C over a period of 2.25 hours, the poly alpha-1,3 glucan and calcium chloride dihydrate went into solution. The contents were heated to 78 °C and then 21 ml of benzoyl chloride were fed over a 1.5 min period. The solution was held between 80 and 84 °C for 2 hours. Heat to the reactor was then turned off and vacuum was pulled to promote evaporative cooling of the reactor contents. After removing 65 g of DMAc overhead, the reactor pressure was raised back to atmospheric pressure and 443 g of the reactor liquor was poured into acetone for precipitation of the solids and then the solids were slurried twice with 1 liter of methanol to yield, after filtration and drying overnight. NMR analysis of the product indicated degree of substitution of benzoate content of 0.20 and an acetate content of 0.08.

[0203] Other inventive polymer examples 11-22 are summarized in Table 4 below: Table 4.Inventive PolymerModificationDSStarting polysaccharide Backbone MW (K)11benzoyl / acetyl ester0.20 / 0.0812012benzoyl / acetyl ester0.40 / 0.0412013benzoyl / acetyl ester0.14 / 0.1412014benzoyl / acetyl ester0.30 / 0.2312015benzoyl ester0.8312016benzoyl / acetyl ester0.32 / 0.1012017acetyl ester0.7012018acetyl ester0.2012019benzoyl ester0.2012020lauryl ester0.2112021lauryl ester0.1212022lauryl ester0.06120 Example 1.14 Modification of Poly alpha-1,6 glucan with Benzoyl Chloride (Inventive polymer Examples 23-31)

[0204] The procedure of example 1.13 is followed with the replacement of poly alpha-1,3 glucan polymer with poly alpha-1,6 glucan derivative and acetyl moiety introduced into the reaction mixture to produce Inventive Polymers 23-31. Inventive PolymerModificationDSBackbone MW (K)23benzoyl / acetyl ester0.38 / 0.114024benzoyl / acetyl ester0.30 / 0.154025benzoyl / acetyl ester0.30 / 0.304026benzoyl / acetyl ester0.41 / 0.334027benzoyl / acetyl ester0.28 / 0.074028benzoyl / acetyl ester0.38 / 0.394029benzoyl / acetyl ester0.44 / 0.394030benzoyl / acetyl ester0.20 / 0.404031benzoyl / acetyl ester0.20 / 0.4017

[0205] Example 2. Use polysaccharide ester in laundry composition to prevent dye transfer from washing solution.Example 2.1 Preparation of the mixed dye solution.

[0206] An indigo stock solution was prepared by adding 0.375 g of Indigo Blue into a glass jar, followed by 8.9 g of sodium cumene sulfonate solution (45% active in water) and 1.1 g of DI water. This solution was shaken rigorously before each use. In a separate jar, the mixed dye solution was prepared. 500 g of DI water were added to the jar, followed by 6.67 g of the Indigo Blue stock solution, 0.125 g of Reactive Blue 221, 0.125 g of Reactive Red 239, 0.125 g of Reactive Yellow 145, 0.125 g of Reactive Black W-NN, 0.165 g of Disperse Blue 79, 0.165 g of Disperse Red 167, 0.165 g of Disperse Orange 30 and 0.25 g of Sulphur Black 1. Table 5: dye material used to make a mixed dye solution.Dye MaterialColor Index NameSupplierReactive Blue C-BRFReactive Blue 221BA ColorNovacron Ruby S-3BReactive Red 239HuntsmanReactive Yellow 3RF 150%Reactive Yellow 145BA ColorTerasil Rubine 2GFL 150%Disperse Red 167HuntsmanTerasil Brown 2RFL 200%Disperse Orange 30HuntsmanTerasil Navy GRL-C 200%Disperse Blue 79HuntsmanNovacron Black W-NNReactive Black W-NNHuntsmanIndigo Blue---ZaitexSulphur Black ESulphur Black 1Zaitex Example 2.2 Method for evaluating dye transfer from washing solution in the presence of soil.

[0207] Dye transfer prevention is the ability of a detergent to prevent dyes to deposit onto a garment when they are washed in the presence of fugitive dyes. Many colored garments release dye into the wash water each time they are washed. Once in the wash water, these fugitive dyes can re-deposit onto clothing, acting like soil and making white items look dingy over time. When washed in the presence of soiled garments, soils are removed from dirty clothes in the wash, suspended by the detergent and can re-deposit onto clothing, making the garments less white each time they are washed. The re-deposition of dyes and soils (body soil, food, dirt, etc) cause white fabrics to turn dingy and dull.

[0208] The dye transfer prevention benefit of polymers as presently disclosed is evaluated using automatic Tergotometer with 10 pots and a 1000 mL water volume per pot. A mixture of common powdered dyes dissolved into water was used to mimic fugitive dyes that bled of colored garments (see Table 5). 6×6 cm SBL2004 test soil strips supplied by WFK Testgewebe GmbH are used to simulate consumer soil levels (mix of body soil, food, dirt etc.). Per pot, 17 SBL swatches were used. White Fabric swatches of Table 6 below purchased from WFK are used as whiteness tracers; for each test, four tracers per fabric code are used. Cotton and polyester cotton sourced from Calderon Textiles, LLC is used as ballast (5×5 cm in size). Per pot, a total fabric weight (white tracers, ballast and SBLs) of 60 g was used, about 22 g of cotton ballast and 16 g of poly cotton ballast.

[0209] The amount of dye transferred onto the acceptor fabrics can be described in terms of the change in L*, a*, b* before and after treatment of the fabric as measured via spectrophotometry (for example using a Konica Minolta CM-3610D spectrophotometer) and is reported as dE2000 value. As used herein, the dE2000 value includes the vector associated with the distance in the L*, a*, b* space between the initial L*, a*, b* value and the final L*, a*, b* value. Four test fabrics of the same fabric code and treatment are layered on top of each other to increase the thickness for each measurement. For each treatment, the average is formed of the four tracers (four internals) and across both externals. Table 6. Fabric tracer overview.Fabric CodeFiber Content% Fiber ContentFiber ConstructionCKCotton Knit100Weft KnitPCPolyester / Cotton65 / 35WeavePEPolyester100Weft KnitPSPolyester / Spandex95 / 5Weft KnitNote: All tracers are 5×5 cm in size and contain optical brightener and are desized with soft water, nil detergent before use.

[0210] Five cycles of wash are needed to complete a test. Each cycle consists of a 12 min wash and 5 min rinse. Fabrics (ballast and tracers) are tumble dried in between cycles, used SBL swatches are discarded after each run. Konica Minolta readings are performed pre-wash (initial reading) and post-wash (after the 5 th< cycle). For each treatment, which here refers to the detergent tested, two externals are run (n=2). For each cycle, the fabric tracers, ballast and soil sheets are layered in a way to prevent the whiteness tracers to be in direct contact with the soil sheets.

[0211] Cycle 1: A pot is filled with 1000 mL of water (7 gpg hardness, temperature = 25 °C). Afterwards, the desired amount of detergent (reco dose adjusted for 1L volume) and dye solution (5 g) is added to the pot and allowed to mix in for 60 sec. After mixing, the whiteness tracer / ballast / soil sheets are added to the wash and the program is run. After the wash, a 5 min rinse (7 gpg hardness, temperature = 15 °C) is run and once completed the SBL strips are separated from the ballast and the whiteness tracers and are discarded. The whiteness tracers and ballast from the respective treatment are tumble dried together. A clean out is run in between cycles to remove any leftover dye, soil or detergent.

[0212] Cycle 2-5: The dried whiteness tracers are washed again with the dried ballast from the same treatment and a new set of SBL2004 sheets following the same procedure as described in cycle 1. Note that treatments are rotated in a random fashion across the wash pots for each cycle. This procedure is repeated for cycle 2, 3, 4 and 5.

[0213] After Cycle 5, the ballast is discarded, and all whiteness tracers are dried and then measured again using Konica Minolta CM-3610D spectrophotometer. The changes in dE2000 are calculated based on L*, a*, b* measure before and after wash.

[0214] The automatic FlexWash has 10 pots, up to 5 products can be tested in one test, allowing for 2 externals (n=2) per treatment. In a typical dye pickup inhibition performance test, one reference product contains a comparative polymer, or no polymer and is tested together with 4 products containing inventive polymers, "ddE2000 versus reference" is reported. ddE2000 versus reference = dE2000 reference − dE2000 product .

[0215] The lower the dE2000 value, the better the performance of the technology.Example 2.3 Benefit of polysaccharide ester

[0216] Detergent formulation outlined in Table 7 were prepared by traditional means known to those of ordinary skill in the art by mixing the listed ingredients and evaluated using method described in Example 2.3. The result is summarized in Table 8. Table 7. Examples of comparative and inventive formula.Ingredient (% weight)Composition with no polymerComposition with inventive polysaccharide esterNI 9< 10.510.5SLS 10< 6.096.09Polymer Example 2901.0Citric Acid 11< 3.03.0Chelant 12< 0.7110.711NaOH1.5401.540Calcium Formate0.1850.185Protease 13< 0.0520.052Amylase 14< 0.0070.007BIT0.0110.011Xyloglucanase 15< 0.0250.025Mannanase 16< 0.0010.001Water, solvents, stabilizers, and Minorsbalancebalance9. Fatty alcohol ethoxylate non-ionic surfactant, C 10-16 with average degree of ethoxylation between 6 and 8 10. C12 / C14 Alkyl Sulfate sourced from P&G Chemicals 11. Citrosol 502 commercially available from Archer Daniels Midland 12. Chelant is DISSOLVINE GL-47-S commercially available from AkzoNobel 13. Protease commercially available from Novozyme 14. Amylase commercially available from Novozymes 15. Whitezyme 2.0 commercially available from Novozymes 16. Mannanase commercially available from Novozymes

[0217] The test data in Table 8 demonstrates that the inventive polymer prevent dye transfer vs. reference for all fabric types, particularly for polyester and polyspandex fabric expressed as ddE2000. Table 8: Dye pickup inhibition expressed as dE2000 and ddE2000 of technology vs. nil polymer reference for different whiteness tracers.FabricTreatmentdE2000ddE2000CKChassis nil polymer3.6---Chassis with 1% polysaccharide ester3.3-0.3PCChassis nil polymer5.5---Chassis with 1% polysaccharide ester4.8-0.7PEChassis nil polymer11.3---Chassis with 1% polysaccharide ester8.9-2.4PSChassis nil polymer12.4---Chassis with 1% polysaccharide ester9.3-3.1

[0218] Example 3. Use polysaccharide ester in detergent composition to reduce dye transfer from dye bleeders to polyester fabric in the presence of soil.Example 3.1 Methods.

[0219] The effect of using polysaccharide ester in detergent composition to reduce dye transfer from dye bleeders to polyester fabric is evaluated using an automatic Tergotometer with 10 pots. White Fabric swatches of Table 9 below purchased from WFK Testgewebe GmbH are used as tracers. Table 9. Fabric tracer for dye transfer inhibition testCodeFiber Content% Fiber ContentFabric ConstructionSizeWFK CodePEPolyester100Weft Knit(5×5cm)19508_5×5_stamped Sebum material and dyed bleeder outlined in Table 10 below are purchased from CFT to be used in test. Table 10: Materials from CFT used in test CodeDescriptionSizeSebum BeySebum according to BEY1kgAISE 30Red disperse dye (anthraquinone) on Polyester (used as dye bleeder)5×5cm

[0220] The fabric tracers were preconditioned for 3 cycles in an automatic tergotometer as follows: Preconditioning Cycles 1-3: White polyesters fabric swatches mentioned above (4 replicates) are washed in the tergotometer under defined conditions: detergent concentration is 2300ppm in 1L solution with inventive polymer concentration at 58.6ppm; water hardness is 8gpg. The load is made up to 30g with mixed polyester / polycotton ballast in 2:1 ratio. The wash temperature is 25°C and length of wash is 12 mins. After washing, the wash liquor is drained, and the polyester fabric swatches are then rinsed once in the tergotometer pots using water (water hardness is 8gpg, pH at 7, rinse cycle is 5min and temperature 15°C). This is repeated so overall the fabric goes through 3 cycles in order to precondition with polymer prior to staining.

[0221] Polyester fabric swatches are then dried overnight under humidity and temperature control (50% RH, 20 ± 2°C). Once dry, the preconditioned Polyester fabric swatches are then treated with Sebum BEY from CFT. Sebum is melted in oven at 50°C, 100 µl is applied onto middle of each square of fabric and stains left in oven for 5 minute to allow to wick then left overnight under humidity and temperature control (50% RH, 20 ± 2°C).

[0222] Cycle 4: Desired amount of detergent with no polymer (formulation below Table 11) is fully dissolved by mixing with 1L water in each tergotometer pot. 60 grams of fabrics, including stained tracers (2 replicates), 20 5×5cm AISE 30 swatches and knitted cotton ballast are washed in the tergotometer pot under defined conditions: detergent concentration is 2300ppm; wash temperature is 25°C; water hardness is 8gpg; length of wash is 12mins. This is repeated for each treatment in order to give a total of 4 stain replicates.

[0223] After the wash, the wash liquor is drained, and the polyester fabric swatches and ballast are then rinsed once in the tergotometer pots using water (water hardness is 8gpg, rinse cycle is 5min).

[0224] The formulation of the detergent compositions used in this test is summarized in Table 11, they can be prepared by traditional means known to those of ordinary skill in the art by mixing the listed ingredients. To clearly illustrate the dye transfer inhibition effect of the inventive polysaccharide esters, the detergent used for all treatments in Cycle 4 does not contain polymers, the deposition of inventive polysaccharide esters onto fabric happened in Cycle 1-3 of the test.

[0225] Fabric tracers are then dried overnight under humidity and temperature control (50% RH, 20 ± 2°C). Dye transfer inhibition is evaluated through image analysis. Stain images are collected before and after washing against a white background with a reflection spectro-photometer (DigiEye). Images are analysed using DigiEye software. For each fabric the colour of the sebum stains (where sebum is applied) and white background (where sebum is not applied) are evaluated by measuring the coordinates L*, a*, and b* defined in the CIELAB color system before and after wash. a* is a measure of the red-green scale, a higher a* value indicates a redder color, the difference in this test is measured relative to the initial clean fabric. The dye bleeder swatch (AISE-30) used in this test is red so a lower a* value vs initial indicates less dye pick up. When soil is included on stain such as sebum it is found that the soiled area picks up most hydrophobic dye and when measuring colour change the largest difference is observed. Table 11. Detergent composition used.Ingredient (% weight)Composition with no polymerComposition with inventive polysaccharide esterWater65.5465.54C 14-15 Nonionic surfactant9.119.11C 12-18 Alkyl sulfate7.117.11C 10-16 LAS6.316.31Propylene Glycol2.532.53Inventive Polysaccharide ester 902.5Ethanolamine1.631.63C 10-16 Nonionic surfactant1.021.02Perfume0.750.75Citric Acid0.620.62Ethanol0.610.61C 12 -C 15 AES0.490.49C 10 -C 16 Amine oxide0.240.24Tetrasodium Glutamate Diacetate0.210.21NaOH0.160.16Sorbitol0.100.10Silicone Suds suppressor0.100.10Hydrogenated Castor Oil0.100.10Sodium cumene sulphonate0.090.09Calcium Formate0.080.08C 12-18 Fatty Acid0.070.07Protease0.060.06Sodium Formate0.060.06Sulfuric Acid0.050.052,2'-Iminodi(ethylamine)0.050.05DiPropyleneglycol0.030.03Na 2 SO 4 0.030.03Hueing dye0.030.03Amylase0.010.01BIT0.010.01Dye0.010.01Mannanase0.0010.001MinorsBalanceBalance Example 3.2 Benefit of polysaccharide ester

[0226] Performance of polysaccharide ester in detergent composition to reduce dye transfer from dye bleeders to polyester fabric is evaluated according to the method above. The delta a* vs composition with no polymer is reported in Table 12 as an indication of dye transfer inhibition benefit where a lower a* indicates less dye pick up. Table 12.Preconditioning TreatmentDelta a* value vs initial (on where sebum is applied)Chassis nil polymer (Ref)RefChassis with 1% inventive polysaccharide ester 9-0.34ss: denotes significant difference vs ref using students t-test

[0227] The dimensions and values disclosed herein are not to be understood as being strictly limited to the exact numerical values recited. Instead, unless otherwise specified, each such dimension is intended to mean both the recited value and a functionally equivalent range surrounding that value. For example, a dimension disclosed as "40 mm" is intended to mean "about 40 mm".

Examples

example 1.11

Example 1.11 Modification of Poly Alpha-1,6-Glucan with Benzoyl Chloride and DMAc (Inventive Polymer Example 9)

[0200]Poly alpha-1,6-glucan (56 kDa, 21% alpha-1,2 branching and 79% alpha-1,6 linkages, 200 gram) was soaked in DMAc (1 L) overnight. The mixture heated to 88 °C. DMAc was distilled off under vacuum (~300 mL was removed). To the mixture remaining in the pot was added benzoyl chloride (102 gram) over 10 min. The reaction mixture was stirred for 5-10 minutes, then acetyl chloride (28 gram) was added (over 5-10 min). The reaction mixture was stirred at 88 °C for 1.5 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature. The crude product was precipitated in isopropanol and washed with isopropanol and dried. It was determined by 1< H NMR analysis to have DoS (benzoyl) of 0.36 and DoS (acetyl) of 0.44.

Example 1.12 Modification of Poly Alpha-1,6-Glucan with 2-Furoyl Chloride (Inventive Polymer Example 10)

[0201]Poly alpha-1,6-glucan powder (56 kDa, 21% alpha-1,2-branchin...

Claims

1. Use of a polysaccharide ester in a laundry detergent composition to prevent dye transfer during a laundering process, wherein the polysaccharide ester: (a) comprises a polysaccharide backbone; (b) comprises one or more ester group attached to the polysaccharide backbone; (c) has a degree of polymerization (DPn) in the range of from 5 to 1400; and (d) has a degree of substitution of ester groups from 0.001 to 1.50, and wherein the laundry composition additionally comprises a detersive surfactant.

2. The use according to claim 1, wherein the polysaccharide backbone comprises alpha-1,6-, alpha-1,2-, and / or alpha-1,3-glycosidic linkages, and has a degree of polymerization (DPn) in the range of 8 to 1000.

3. The use according to any preceding claims, wherein the polysaccharide backbone comprises 50% or more of the glucose monomer units linked via alpha-1,6-glycosidic linkages; and from 0 to 50% glucose units of the polysaccharide backbone linked via alpha-1,2- and / or alpha-1,3-glycosidic linkages.

4. The use according to any preceding claims, wherein at least 5% of glucose units of the polysaccharide backbone contains branches via alpha-1,2- and / or alpha-1,3-glycosidic linkages.

5. The use according to any preceding claims 1-2, wherein the polysaccharide backbone is a poly alpha-1,3-glucan comprises less than about 20% of glycosidic linkages that are not alpha-1,3-glycosidic linkages.

6. The use according to any preceding claims, wherein the ester group is selected from an aryl ester group, an acyl group, and any combination thereof.

7. The use according to claim 6, wherein the ester group is an aryl ester group that comprises a benzoyl group, a benzoyl group substituted with at least one halogen, alkyl, halogenated alkyl, ether, cyano, carboxyl, amino, or aldehyde group, a 2-furoyl group, or any combination thereof.

8. The use according to claim 6, wherein the acyl group has a structural of (X), wherein R is a linear or branched C1 to C24 alkyl group, a linear or branched C1 to C24 alkenyl group, a C1 to C24 alkyl group substituted with at least one halogen, aryl, ether, cyano, carboxyl, amino, or aldehyde group, a C1 to C24 alkenyl group substituted with at least one halogen, aryl, ether, cyano, carboxyl, amino, or aldehyde group, or any combination thereof.

9. The use according to claim 8, wherein R is selected from -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2 CH2CH3, - CH(CH3)2, preferably R is -CH3.

10. The use according to any preceding claim, wherein the polyglucan ester comprises an aryl ester group and an acyl group.

11. The use according to any preceding claims, wherein degree of substitution of ester groups is from 0.01 to 1.50.

12. The use according to any preceding claim, wherein the laundry detergent composition additionally comprising at least one ingredient selected from protease enzyme, amylase enzyme, cleaning polymers, bleach, fabric softener active, and perfume.

13. The use according to any preceding claim, wherein the polysaccharide ester is present in the laundry detergent composition in an amount ranging from 0.01% to 10%, in relation to the total weight of the laundry detergent composition.

14. The use according to any preceding claim, to prevent dye transfer onto synthetic fabric comprising polyethylene terephthalate (PET) during a laundering process in the presence of body soil.

Images